As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 18, 2018

Registration No. 333-222544

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Amendment No. 4

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

IPSCO Tubulars Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware

3317

84-1016860

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

10120 Houston Oaks Dr.

Houston, Texas 77064

(281) 949-1023

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

Ryan Chadwick

Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

10120 Houston Oaks Dr.

Houston, Texas 77064

(281) 949-1023

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:

Ryan J. Maierson

John M. Greer

Latham & Watkins LLP

811 Main Street, Suite 3700

Houston, Texas 77002

(713) 546-5400

Hillary H. Holmes

Gerald M. Spedale

Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP

811 Main Street, Suite 3000

Houston, Texas 77002

(346) 718-6600

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:

As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer ☐

Accelerated filer ☐

Emerging growth company ☒

Non-accelerated filer ☒

(Do not check if a

smaller reporting company)

Smaller reporting company ☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☒

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion

Preliminary Prospectus dated , 2018

PROSPECTUS

Shares

LOGO

IPSCO Tubulars Inc.

Common Stock

This is the initial public offering of the common stock of IPSCO Tubulars Inc. We are offering shares of our common stock and PAO TMK, or the selling stockholder, is offering shares of our common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholder.

We expect the initial public offering price will be between $ and $ per share. Currently, no public market exists for the shares. We have been approved to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, subject to official notice of issuance, under the symbol “IPSC.” We are an “emerging growth company” as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or JOBS Act, and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. See “Summary—Our Emerging Growth Company Status.” Following the completion of this offering, we will be a “controlled company” as defined under the corporate governance rules of the NYSE because PAO TMK will continue to control approximately % of the voting power of our common stock (or approximately % of the voting power if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of common stock). See “Management—Status as a Controlled Company.”

Investing in our common stock involves risks that are described in the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 17 of this prospectus.


	Per Share	Total
Initial public offering price	$	$
Underwriting discounts and commissions⁽¹⁾	$	$
Proceeds, before expenses, to IPSCO Tubulars Inc.⁽²⁾	$	$
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholder⁽²⁾	$	$

(1)

Please read “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)” for a description of all underwriting compensation payable in connection with this offering.

(2)

We have agreed to pay the selling stockholder’s underwriting discounts and commissions otherwise payable by it to the underwriters for this offering.

We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discounts.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Delivery of the shares of common stock is expected to be made on or about , 2018 through the book-entry facilities of The Depository Trust Company.


Credit Suisse				J.P. Morgan


BofA Merrill Lynch		Morgan Stanley		BTIG


UBS Investment Bank		Citigroup		Barclays		Evercore ISI

The date of this prospectus is , 2018.

LOGO

TABLE OF CONTENTS


ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS			ii

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA			ii

SUMMARY			1

RISK FACTORS			17

USE OF PROCEEDS			44

STOCK SPLIT			45

DIVIDEND POLICY			46

CAPITALIZATION			47

DILUTION			48

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA			50

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS			53

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW			71

BUSINESS			81

MANAGEMENT			97

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION			103

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS			112

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS			114

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK			122

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE			127

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS			129

UNDERWRITING (CONFLICTS OF INTEREST)			134

LEGAL MATTERS			143

EXPERTS			144

WHERE YOU CAN FIND INFORMATION			145

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS			146

GLOSSARY OF OIL AND GAS TERMS			A-1

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS			F-1

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

We and the selling stockholder have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus that we have prepared, and we take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We and the selling stockholder are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where an offer or sale is not permitted. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date. You should not, under any circumstances, construe the delivery of this prospectus or any sale made hereunder to imply that the information in this prospectus is correct as of any date subsequent to the date on the front cover of this prospectus.

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control. Please read “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements.”

We own or have rights to various trademarks, service marks and trade names that we use in connection with the operation of our business. This prospectus may also contain trademarks, service marks and trade names of third parties, which are the property of their respective owners. Our use or display of a third party’s trademarks, service marks, trade names or products in this prospectus is not intended to, and does not imply, a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship by, us. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ^®, ^TM or ^SM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks, service marks and trade names.

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

The data included in this prospectus regarding the industry in which we operate, including descriptions of trends in the market and our position and the position of our competitors within our industries, is based on a variety of sources, including independent publications, government publications, information obtained from customers, distributors, suppliers, trade and business organizations and publicly available information, as well as our good faith estimates, which have been derived from management’s knowledge and experience in the industry in which we operate. The industry data sourced from the U.S. Energy Information Administration, or the EIA, is from its publications titled “International Energy Outlook 2017,” published in September 2017, and “Short-Term Energy Outlook,” published in May 2018. The industry data sourced from Baker Hughes Inc., or Baker Hughes, is from its publication titled “Baker Hughes North America Rotary Rig Count,” published in March 2018. The industry data sourced from Coras Research, LLC, or Coras Oilfield Research, is from its OFS Data Packet, published in the first quarter of 2018. The industry data sourced from Preston Publishing Co., or Preston Pipe, is from its report titled “Preston Pipe & Tube Report,” published in April 2018. The industry data sourced from Rystad Energy AS, or Rystad Energy, is from an article authored by Sona Mlada, a senior analyst at Rystad Energy, titled “North American Shale Breakeven Prices: What to Expect in 2017,” published in the February 2017 issue of the Oil & Gas Financial Journal. The industry data sourced from Spears & Associates, Inc., or Spears & Associates, is from its publication titled “Drilling and Production Outlook,” published in March 2018, and its publications titled “Oilfield Market Report 2006—2018,” published in April 2018, and “Global Directional Drilling,” published in the fourth quarter of 2017. The industry data sourced from Metal Bulletin Research, a part of Euromoney Institutional Investor plc, or Metal Bulletin Research, is from its report titled “The OCTG Intelligence Service,” published in March 2018. We believe that these third-party sources are reliable and that the third-party information included in this prospectus and in our estimates is accurate and complete; however, we have not independently verified such information. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the sections entitled “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in these publications.

SUMMARY

This summary provides a brief overview of information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the information set forth under “Risk Factors,” “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. Unless indicated otherwise, the information presented in this prospectus assumes (i) an initial public offering price of $ per share (the midpoint of the price range on the cover page of this prospectus), (ii) that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares, and (iii) other than in the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, the consummation of a stock split immediately prior to and contingent upon the completion of this offering pursuant to which each share of common stock held of record by the holder thereof will be reclassified into approximately shares of common stock (the “Stock Split”).

Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this prospectus to “IPSCO Tubulars Inc.,” “the Company,” “our company,” “we,” “our” and “us,” or like terms, refer to IPSCO Tubulars Inc. and its subsidiaries. References to the “selling stockholder” refer to PAO TMK, a company organized under the laws of the Russian Federation. We have provided definitions for some of the terms we use to describe our business and industry and other terms used in this prospectus in the “Glossary” beginning on page A-1 of this prospectus.

IPSCO Tubulars Inc.

Overview

We are a leading, growth-oriented producer and supplier of seamless and welded oil country tubular goods, or OCTG, with a proprietary suite of premium and semi-premium connections. As a vertically integrated producer of seamless pipe and an efficient operator of our steel pipe production, heat treating and threading facilities, we are able to efficiently meet customer demand and exercise control over our cost structure. The primary end market for our products is onshore exploration and production, or E&P, operators in the United States and Canada, who purchase our products directly from us or through our distributors. Our E&P end-users operate in geographic locations with environments that require casing and tubing materials capable of meeting exacting standards for temperature, pressure, corrosion, torque resistance and abrasion. Through our comprehensive and technologically advanced portfolio of OCTG, we are able to serve as a single-source supplier for our E&P end-users and respond to a rapidly increasing per-well demand for OCTG. Our OCTG are available with the end-user’s choice of our 28 market-leading proprietary connections as well as multiple connections that meet or exceed American Petroleum Institute certified, or API, standards. We also produce line pipe for the transport of crude oil, natural gas and natural gas liquids from producing fields to processing plants and refineries and for the transport of refined products, as well as standard, structural and industrial pipe for the agricultural, commercial construction and automotive industries.

Our operations benefit from our broad, strategically positioned geographic footprint, which supports our ability to supply seamless and welded OCTG to the most active major oil and gas basins in the United States and Canada. We own and operate 11 production facilities in the United States and Canada that produce a wide range of OCTG in various sizes and grades and together offer approximately 1.5 million tons of annual steel pipe production capacity, approximately 1.5 million tons of annual threading capacity and 664,000 tons of annual heat treating capacity. We have finishing facilities in close proximity to our end-users’ E&P operations, which allows us to provide our customers with customized technical solutions and to synchronize our production and logistics with evolving demands. We also import seamless OCTG and line pipe in sizes that we do not produce domestically from our parent, PAO TMK, and its non-U.S. subsidiaries. We refer to PAO TMK and its affiliates

(other than the Company and its subsidiaries) collectively as the “TMK Group.” Please read “—Our Principal Stockholder.” The following map provides an overview of our production facilities and broad footprint covering the most active oil and natural gas producing basins in the United States and Canada.

LOGO

In addition to our existing portfolio of OCTG, we continue to develop new products and technologies to fulfill the E&P industry’s evolving needs and introduce innovative solutions for our customers. We own and operate a highly advanced research and development facility in Houston, where we develop new metallurgies and tubular connections that are designed to work in the most challenging environments and allow our end-users to drill for hydrocarbons in geologies that were previously inaccessible. We hold a number of mature patents, including patents relating to the thread designs and other aspects of our premium connections. We continue to grow our patent portfolio and have filed patent applications primarily relating to highly engineered features of our premium connections technology in more than 30 different patent jurisdictions. Through licensing agreements with affiliated companies in the TMK Group, we can provide additional technologies and products to our customers.

For the three months ended March 31, 2018, we generated revenue of $324.3 million, net income of $13.3 million and Adjusted EBITDA of $30.2 million. Approximately 73.7% of our revenue during the three months ended March 31, 2018 was from OCTG, 17.9% from line pipe and 8.4% from other sources, including standard, structural and industrial pipe, steel billets, services and other revenues. For the year ended December 31, 2017, we generated revenue of $1,053 million, net income of $49.2 million and Adjusted EBITDA of $125.6 million. Approximately 78.2% of our revenue during the year ended December 31, 2017 was from OCTG, 13.5% from line pipe and 8.3% from other sources, including standard, structural and industrial pipe, steel billets, services and other revenues. For a definition of the non-GAAP measure Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of our GAAP net income to Adjusted EBITDA, please see “—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data.”

Industry Trends

Over the past decade, the innovative application of horizontal drilling and hydraulic fracturing has fundamentally changed the onshore oil and gas industry in the United States and Canada by enabling the extraction of hydrocarbons from shale formations. These technological advancements have enabled E&P operators in the United States and Canada to economically extract oil and natural gas from these unconventional resources and positioned them to be globally competitive oil and gas producers. These innovations and the

following trends in the oil and gas industry in the United States and Canada are driving increased demand for OCTG:

•

Increasing global demand for oil. According to the EIA, as of September 14, 2017, worldwide consumption of petroleum and other liquid fuels produced from crude oil is expected to increase from 95.3 million Bbl/day in 2015 to 99.9 million Bbl/day in 2020 and 112.9 million Bbl/day in 2040.

•

Improved and stable oil prices. After the closing price of WTI crude oil reached a low of $26.14/bbl in the first quarter of 2016, according to the EIA, the price of oil increased to an average for 2017 of $50.79/bbl. Greater price stability contributed to an increase in 2017 exploration and production capital expenditures by E&P operators in the United States and Canada as compared to 2016.

•

Improved and stable natural gas prices. Since June 2016, the average price of Henry Hub natural gas has been approximately $2.97/MMBtu, as compared to an average price of $2.27/MMBtu between June 2015 and June 2016. Coal to gas conversion by power producers and an increase in development of LNG export facilities have supported the stabilization of natural gas prices.

•

Attractive U.S. land rig dynamics. According to Baker Hughes, land rig count in the United States has increased 169% from 380 rigs as of May 27, 2016 to 1,021 rigs as of May 11, 2018, while the amount of rigs used for horizontal drilling has continued to increase.

•

More wells drilled per rig per year. Higher-performance drilling rigs are capable of pad drilling operations, which allow operators to drill more horizontal wells per rig per year. These improved techniques and technologies have decreased the average number of days per well drilled, which, according to Coras Oilfield Research, has decreased from an average of 26.4 days per well in 2011 to an average of 20.6 days per well in 2017. Increased drilling productivity allows operators to drill more wells faster.

•

Increasing Unconventional Horizontal Drilling. According to Baker Hughes, the percentage of U.S. drilling activity characterized by horizontal or directional drilling has reached 95% in 2018 and has more than doubled during the last ten years.

•

Increasing footage drilled per rig and average lateral length. According to Spears & Associates, footage drilled per rig reached approximately 281,000 feet in 2017 and has grown with a three-year compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 9.1%. This increase has primarily been driven by the increase in lateral length drilled per well across the United States and Canada. According to Spears & Associates, in 2014, 5,000 foot laterals represented 50% of new wells drilled. However, almost 71% of new wells drilled in the fourth quarter of 2017 had lateral lengths of over 6,000 feet. Furthermore, the number of lateral wells in excess of 8,000 feet drilled in the United States increased 73% during the year ended December 31, 2017.

•

States (Russia, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Kazakhstan, Moldova, Tajikstan and Uzbekistan), accounted for 17% of demand in 2017. Furthermore, from 2012 through 2014, U.S. OCTG demand per rig relative to the rest of the world increased by 20%, according to Baker Hughes and Spears & Associates. As a result of these trends, OCTG consumption per rig per month has almost doubled since January 2013, as shown in the chart below, and the Company projects total shipments for OCTG in the United States to grow year over year, as shown in the bar graph below.

OCTG Consumption Per Rig

Total US OCTG Consumption

(million tons)

LOGO


Source: Preston Pipe, Baker Hughes		Source: Company estimates

•

High consumption of seamless pipe. Seamless pipe has increased its share of total U.S. pipe volume, a direct result of increased horizontal and directional drilling and longer laterals. As lateral lengths increase, OCTG solutions become increasingly important to support the complexity associated with increased temperatures and pressures, “sour” service well conditions, increased torque and bending. According to Preston Pipe, seamless pipe represented approximately 52% and 53% of total U.S. OCTG shipments during the three months ended March 31, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, respectively.

Competitive Strengths

We believe we are well-positioned to successfully execute our business strategies as a result of the following competitive strengths:

•

By offering one of the broadest ranges of seamless and welded OCTG, we are well-positioned to meet the needs of any E&P operator in the United States or Canada and capture additional market share as we expect lateral lengths to increase and the demand for higher-specification steel pipe and connections to correspondingly grow. This unique position provides us with the ability to adjust our pricing for variations in the cost of raw materials.

•

Proven technology leadership of successfully designing solutions to meet evolving industry needs. We are a technology leader in the OCTG market, with a long track record as an innovator of

connections and advanced metallurgies. As E&P operators continue to increase the lateral lengths utilized in their wells, new OCTG solutions are needed to support the growing complexity of these wells. We differentiate ourselves from our competitors through our diverse portfolio of 28 proprietary premium and semi-premium connections, which are tested to strict industry standards. We are able to offer our customers a full range of higher strength metallurgies and corrosion resistant alloys. In addition to our world-class research and development center, we also have access to the technologies of our affiliated companies in the TMK Group, which allows us to sell products and technologies developed by other TMK Group companies.

•

Broad footprint of strategic locations that allows us to quickly respond to customer needs. We operate 10 facilities strategically located across the United States and an additional facility in Alberta, Canada, with mills and finishing facilities in close proximity to the most active oil and natural gas producing basins in the United States and Canada, including the Permian Basin, the Marcellus/Utica and the Mid-Continent. Our broad geographic reach with diversified facilities across the United States and Canada allows us to quickly respond to evolving customer needs, attract new customers and further strengthen our existing customer relationships. Our ability to thread steel pipe at facilities strategically located near our end-users’ operations, our flexibility across pipe sizes and our inventory control allow us to quickly meet shifting customer demands.

•

Cost competitive supplier. Our vertically integrated seamless pipe operations allow for greater control of our cost structure, given the relatively modest proportion of scrap steel input costs to the overall cost of pipe production. By consolidating and installing upgraded finishing capabilities in our production facilities, we have reduced production and interplant logistics costs and improved our production cycle time. We have extensive threading and heat treating capabilities that allow us to finish essentially all of our OCTG production. Furthermore, during the recent commodity price downturn, we reorganized our operations to require fewer personnel, while also increasing the operational efficiency of our facilities through an ongoing structured process engineering program.

•

High-quality and diverse customer base. We have long-term relationships with a high-quality and diverse end-user base across all major oil and natural gas producing basins in the United States. Through our individualized marketing and service approach and ability to serve as a single-source supplier of OCTG and premium and semi-premium connections, our sales team seeks to and has developed strong, long-term relationships with our customers, which include both our distributors and the end-users who purchase our products through our distributors. For the period from January 1, 2017 to March 31, 2018, we served 185 known end-users, with our largest known end-user accounting for approximately 7% of revenue during this period.

•

returns-focused approach will allow us to maintain a strong balance sheet and ample financial liquidity, permitting continued research and development, as well as organic and select strategic acquisition growth opportunities. As of March 31, 2018, after giving effect to this offering, we would have had approximately $ million of cash on hand and approximately $ million of outstanding borrowings under our $125 million revolving credit facility, providing us with the flexibility to pursue opportunities to grow our business.

•

Experienced, knowledgeable management team. Our management team has an extensive track record in the OCTG and other manufacturing industries, with an average of over 27 years of professional experience. They understand the requirements of our customers and have established strong relationships with OCTG distributors and E&P operators throughout the industry. In addition, our management team has demonstrated an ability to manage the cycles in our industry and has the knowledge to take advantage of the opportunities provided by the current industry recovery.

Business Strategies

Our goal is to be the market leading U.S. OCTG producer and premier provider of proprietary connections, focused on generating best-in-class returns to create value for our stockholders. We expect to achieve this objective by pursuing the following business strategies:

•

Capitalize on increasing OCTG demand in the United States and Canada. OCTG are a critical component in drilling new oil and gas wells, including horizontal and directional drilling, and demand is highly correlated with rig and well counts, rig efficiency and increasing lateral lengths. As E&P operators continue to optimize well design and completion techniques to maximize the estimated ultimate recoveries of their wells, these end-users continue to drill longer laterals that require significantly larger quantities of OCTG in addition to advanced metallurgies and premium and semi-premium connections. Our connections technology has facilitated the competitiveness of the U.S. E&P industry by making horizontal drilling economically feasible in the challenging shale oil plays and current lower commodity price environment. As a leading supplier of OCTG with premium, semi-premium and non-proprietary API connections, we believe we are well-positioned to capitalize on growing demand from our existing customer base and through our ongoing efforts to develop new customer relationships.

•

Leverage proprietary connections technology to improve OCTG sales. Our market-leading proprietary premium and semi-premium connections provide solutions for the drilling requirements of increasingly complex unconventional wells. Our technical sales team works closely with E&P operators to demonstrate the technical benefits of our proprietary connections. We also work closely with the end-users of our products to provide field services and technical support to optimize well design and construction. We believe that our marketing efforts and after-sale services, combined with the quality and reputation of our proprietary connections, create increased demand for our OCTG and heighten our ability to retain and attract new customers.

•

pipe), reduced customer claims and increased overall equipment effectiveness, or OEE. We use OEE to measure manufacturing productivity by identifying the percentage of manufacturing time that is truly productive and benchmarking our facilities against one another to determine where to invest our resources and how to improve our manufacturing process. This, in turn, helps us to implement a cost-effective capital spending program. We have developed a detailed plan for additional structural cost savings and continue to identify and invest in projects to improve interplant logistics and value-added projects. Our 2018 initiatives include significant cost reduction efforts for our seamless and welded pipe production and finishing operations. We are growing our digital go-to-business model, including a continuous pipe tracking program that is in advanced customer testing and an automated mill test reporting process that is now operational. Additionally, we are focused on matching staffing to appropriate utilization levels and establishing aggressive performance targets. We believe these operational improvements will allow us to further streamline our cost structure and improve the efficiency of our offerings to our customers.

•

Continue our regional marketing methods to develop new customers. In early 2016, we completed a comprehensive evaluation of unconventional and conventional wells in the United States, matching our product offerings against every pipe, connection, grade of steel and wall thickness used. Through this process, we identified 245 potential new end-users. During the three months ended March 31, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, 34% and 33% of our tons sold, respectively, were to new end-users identified by this analysis. We intend to continue to focus on this marketing strategy in the future.

•

Ongoing research and development. We continue to seek to develop new products and technologies to fulfill the industry’s evolving needs and introduce innovative solutions for our customers. Building on previous successes, we continue to develop both new connections, including higher-torque versions of our most popular connections, expandable connections and connections for the oil sands, as well as new metallurgies, including extreme sour service, mild sour service, chrome grades and proprietary grades.

•

Pursue accretive growth opportunities. In addition to the operational efficiency initiatives described above, we have identified a number of accretive measures that may create additional value for stockholders and enhance our competitive position, including ongoing, tactical organic growth projects, mid-term upgrades, additional new rolling capacity and strategic acquisitions. We employ a fiscally disciplined approach when evaluating every growth opportunity to ensure the opportunity meets our financial return objectives. We believe these initiatives will allow us to continue to grow our business profitably.

•

Maintain financial strength and flexibility. Consistent with our historical practices, we maintain a conservative financial philosophy in managing our balance sheet, which will allow us to execute our strategy through changes in customer demand and industry conditions, as well as to preserve operational flexibility. We carefully manage our liquidity and leverage by monitoring our working capital, cash flows, expenditures and debt outstanding.

Our Principal Stockholder

pipe shipments totaled 4.19 million tons. The largest share of PAO TMK’s sales is from high-margin OCTG, shipped to customers in over 80 countries. In addition, PAO TMK is focused on providing customers with new innovative steel pipe and premium connections. It operates a major R&D center in the Urals (RosNITI) and is building another R&D center near Moscow. Through our agreements with the TMK Group, we have access to its leading technologies and products. Additionally, we import steel pipe from the TMK Group in sizes that we do not produce in the United States or Canada, which primarily include OCTG in outside diameter from 7 inches to 13.375 inches.

PAO TMK is offering shares of our common stock in this offering. Upon completion of this offering, PAO TMK will beneficially own approximately % of our common stock (or approximately % if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock is exercised in full). Please read “Principal and Selling Stockholders” for more information regarding the ownership of our common stock by our principal stockholder. We are also a party to certain other agreements with PAO TMK and certain of its affiliates. For a description of these agreements and our policy regarding review of related party transactions and conflicts of interest, please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Risk Factors

Investing in our common stock involves risks. You should carefully read the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 17 and the other information in this prospectus for an explanation of these risks before investing in our common stock. In particular, the following considerations may offset our competitive strengths or have a negative effect on our strategy or operating activities, which could cause a decrease in the price of our common stock and a loss of all or part of your investment.

•

Our business is dependent on the oil and gas industry, and a decline in the level of capital spending on exploration and production activity within the United States may have an adverse effect on our revenue, cash flows, profitability and growth.

•

Our industry is cyclical and fluctuations in industry inventory levels may adversely affect our sales and revenues.

•

If oil or natural gas prices decline again or fail to increase, the demand for our products could be adversely affected.

•

Increases in the cost of raw materials may negatively affect our business.

•

We face risks associated with suppliers from whom our products are sourced and may experience unexpected supply shortages.

•

A substantial decrease in the price of steel pipe could significantly reduce our gross profit.

•

Restrictions in our revolving credit facility and any future financing agreements may limit our ability to finance future operations or capital needs or capitalize on potential acquisitions and other business opportunities.

•

Certain of PAO TMK’s debt agreements contain restrictive covenants that may limit our ability to incur debt and to engage in various activities.

•

We may incur additional indebtedness or issue additional equity securities to execute our long-term growth strategy, which may reduce our profitability or result in significant dilution to our stockholders.

•

A small number of our customers account for a large proportion of our sales, and the loss of any of these customers may negatively impact our business.

•

Low levels of demand for OCTG and line pipe could reduce the demand for our products and could cause us to lower prices, which would reduce our profitability.

•

High levels of imports of OCTG and line pipe into the United States and Canada could reduce the demand for our products and could cause us to lower prices for our products, which would reduce our profitability.

•

All of the steel billets that we produce to be used in our seamless pipe production process are manufactured at a single facility in Koppel, Pennsylvania, and all of our domestically produced seamless pipe is manufactured at a single facility in Ambridge, Pennsylvania, which makes us vulnerable to operational and geographic risks associated with relying on these individual facilities for a significant portion of our revenue and profitability.

•

PAO TMK, our largest stockholder, and its affiliates will control our company and your ability to influence corporate matters will be limited.

•

Conflicts of interest could arise in the future between us, on the one hand, and the TMK Group, on the other hand, concerning among other things, potential competitive business activities or business opportunities, and the corporate opportunity provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation could enable the TMK Group to benefit from such opportunities that might otherwise be available to us.

•

We expect to be a controlled company within the meaning of the NYSE rules and, as a result, will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.

•

We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

Our Emerging Growth Company Status

As a company with less than $1.07 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we may, for up to five years, take advantage of specified exemptions from reporting and other regulatory requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These exemptions include:

•

the presentation of only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in this prospectus;

•

exemption from the auditor attestation requirement on the effectiveness of our system of internal control over financial reporting;

•

exemption from the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards until they would apply to private companies;

•

exemption from compliance with any new requirements adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report in which the auditor would be required to provide additional information about the audit and the financial statements of the issuer;

•

reduced disclosure about executive compensation arrangements; and

•

exemption from holding non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements.

We may take advantage of these provisions until we are no longer an emerging growth company, which will occur on the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering, (ii) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenue, (iii) the date on which we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period and (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer,” as defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act.

We have elected to take advantage of all of the applicable JOBS Act provisions, except that we will elect to opt out of the exemption that allows emerging growth companies to extend the transition period for complying with new or revised financial accounting standards (this election is irrevocable). Accordingly, the information that we provide you may be different than what you may receive from other public companies in which you hold equity interests.

Our Principal Executive Offices and Internet Address

Our principal executive offices are located at 10120 Houston Oaks Dr., Houston, Texas 77064, and our telephone number is (281) 949-1023. Following the closing of this offering, our website will be located at http://www.ipsco.com. We expect to make our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, available, free of charge, through our website, as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Information on our website or any other website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and does not constitute a part of this prospectus.

Simplified Organizational and Ownership Structure After This Offering

The following organizational chart illustrates our organizational structure after giving effect to the offering:

LOGO

(1)

The operating subsidiaries held directly and indirectly by IPSCO Tubulars Inc. own certain of our production facilities. IPSCO Koppel Tubulars, L.L.C. owns our Koppel, Ambridge and Baytown facilities. IPSCO Tubulars (KY), L.L.C. owns our Wilder and Catoosa facilities, Ultra Premium Services, L.L.C. owns our Midland and Brookfield facilities and TMK IPSCO Canada, Ltd. owns our Edmonton facility. IPSCO Tubulars Inc. owns the remainder of our production facilities not held by the operating subsidiaries, which include our Camanche, Blytheville and Geneva facilities. For more information regarding our production facilities, please see “Business—Our Properties.” Our operating subsidiaries oversee the operations of our production facilities and licensing of our technology.

The Offering

Issuer

IPSCO Tubulars Inc.

Common stock offered by us

shares ( shares if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full).

Common stock offered by the selling stockholder

shares.

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

shares (after giving effect to the Stock Split) ( shares if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full).

Except as otherwise indicated in this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering excludes an additional shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2018 Incentive Award Plan.

Common stock to be owned by the selling stockholder after this offering

shares (after giving effect to the Stock Split).

Use of proceeds

We expect to receive approximately $ million of net proceeds from this offering (or $ million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares), based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to repay a portion of the outstanding indebtedness under our revolving credit facility and retain the remainder of the net proceeds for general corporate purposes.

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholder in this offering. Please read “Use of Proceeds.”

Conflicts of Interest

Because affiliates of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated are lenders under our revolving credit facility and will receive 5% or more of the net proceeds of this offering due to the repayment of borrowings under our revolving credit facility, each of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated is deemed to have a conflict of interest within the meaning of Rule 5121(f)(5)(C)(i) of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA. Accordingly, this offering will be conducted in accordance with Rule 5121, which requires, among other things, that a “qualified independent underwriter”, as defined by the FINRA rules, participate in the

preparation of, and exercise the usual standards of “due diligence” with respect to, the registration statement and this prospectus. Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC has agreed to act as a qualified independent underwriter for this offering and to undertake the legal responsibilities and liabilities of an underwriter under the Securities Act, specifically including those inherent in Section 11 thereof. Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC will not receive any additional fees for serving as a qualified independent underwriter in connection with this offering. We have agreed to indemnify Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC against liabilities incurred in connection with acting as a qualified independent underwriter, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Please read “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest).”

Pursuant to Rule 5121, neither J.P. Morgan Securities LLC nor Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated will confirm any sales to any account over which it exercises discretionary authority without the specific written approval of the account holder. Please read “Use of Proceeds.”

Dividend policy

We currently expect that we will pay quarterly cash dividends on our common stock in an initial amount equal to $0.10 per share commencing in the fourth quarter of 2018. However, any dividends, including the timing and amount thereof, will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on many factors, including the amount of cash available for dividends, capital expenditures, covenant compliance, prohibitions or limitations with respect to paying dividends, applicable law, general operational requirements and other variables. Our revolving credit facility also places certain restrictions on our ability to pay cash dividends. See “Dividend Policy.”

Directed share program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 3% of the common stock being offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price to persons who are directors, officers or employees of us or our affiliates and certain other persons with relationships with us and our affiliates. The sales will be made by the underwriters through a directed share program. We do not know if these persons will choose to purchase all or any portion of these reserved shares, but any purchases they do make will reduce the number of shares available to the general public. Please read “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)—Directed Share Program.”

Listing and trading symbol

We have been approved to list our common stock on the NYSE, subject to official notice of issuance, under the symbol “IPSC.”

Risk factors

You should carefully read and consider the information set forth under the heading “Risk Factors” and all other information set forth in this prospectus before deciding to invest in our common stock.

Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data

The following table presents summary historical consolidated financial data of IPSCO Tubulars Inc. as of the dates and for each of the periods indicated. The summary historical consolidated financial data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 are derived from the audited historical consolidated financial statements of IPSCO Tubulars Inc. appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated financial data as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 are derived from the unaudited historical consolidated financial statements of IPSCO Tubulars Inc. appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Historical results for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 and the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for any future periods.

The summary historical consolidated data presented below should be read in conjunction with “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our historical consolidated financial statements and the related notes and other financial data of IPSCO Tubulars Inc. included elsewhere in this prospectus.


	For the Three Months Ended March 31,						For the Year Ended December 31,
	2018			2017			2017			2016
	(unaudited)
(amounts in thousands, except shares, per share amounts and percentages)
Statement of Operations Data:
Total revenue	$	324,326		$	182,157		$	1,052,657		$	470,319
Operating expenses:
Cost of sales		287,530			169,121			910,086			539,511
Selling and distribution expenses		3,787			6,078			18,219			30,552
General and administrative expenses		15,181			11,417			50,182			41,748
Research and development expense		2,086			2,390			10,217			9,092
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment		1,991			654			6,420			962

Income (loss) from operations	$	13,751		$	(7,502	)	$	57,533		$	(151,546	)
Other income (expense):
Finance expense, net		(1,077	)		(6,877	)		(12,128	)		(29,071	)
Foreign exchange gain (loss), net		184			9			(242	)		(38	)
Other income (expense), net		168			3,697			6,386			331

Total other expense		(724	)		(3,170	)		(5,984	)		(28,778	)

Income (loss) before taxes		13,027			(10,673	)		51,550			(180,324	)
Income tax (expense) benefit		315			(395	)		(2,380	)		2,864

Net income (loss)	$	13,342		$	(11,068	)	$	49,170		$	(177,459	)

Per share information⁽¹⁾:
Earnings (loss) per share:
Basic	$	777		$	(979	)	$	3,125		$	(17,570	)
Diluted	$	777		$	(979	)	$	3,125		$	(17,570	)
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
Basic		17,180			11,306			15,732			10,100
Diluted		17,180			11,306			15,732			10,100
Cash Flows Statement Data:
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	$	18,269		$	(33,179	)	$	12,271		$	(51,933	)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities	$	(6,791	)	$	(4,420	)	$	(4,064)		$	(24,885	)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	$	(17,876	)	$	31,903		$	(22,575	)	$	98,094


	For the Three Months Ended March 31,						For the Year Ended December 31,
	2018			2017			2017			2016
	(unaudited)
(amounts in thousands, except shares, per share amounts and percentages)
Other Financial Data:
Adjusted EBITDA⁽²⁾	$	30,167		$	12,738		$	125,618		$	(78,579	)
Adjusted EBITDA Margin⁽²⁾		9.3	%		7.0	%		11.9	%		(16.7	)%
Balance Sheet Data (at period end):
Cash and cash equivalents	$	816		$	7,093		$	7,093		$	21,472
Total current assets (excluding cash and cash equivalents)		438,148			453,143			453,143			304,432
Total other noncurrent assets		14,399			11,807			11,807			29,965
Property, plant and equipment, net		373,017			382,589			382,589			402,129

Total assets		826,379			854,634			854,634			757,998

Total current liabilities		194,483			230,256			230,256			289,710
Total noncurrent liabilities		74,089			92,371			92,371			285,832
Total stockholders’ equity		557,808			532,006			532,006			182,456

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity		826,379			854,634			854,634			757,998

(1)	Historical per share information does not give effect to the consummation of the Stock Split to be effected immediately prior to and contingent upon the closing of this offering.

(2)

For the definitions of the non-GAAP financial measures of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin and reconciliations of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin to our most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP, please read “—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin

We define Adjusted EBITDA as our net income, before finance costs and finance income, income tax expense and benefits, depreciation and amortization, foreign exchange gains and losses, impairment charges of non-current assets, gains and losses on disposal of property, plant and equipment, gains and losses on changes in fair value of financial instruments and other non-recurring or unusual items. Adjusted EBITDA Margin reflects our Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of our revenues. We use Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin as key metrics in evaluating our business and, in particular, the overall production and operating effectiveness and efficiency of our production facilities.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are supplemental measures that are utilized by our management and other users of our financial statements such as investors, commercial banks, research analysts and others, to assess our financial performance because it allows us to compare our operating performance on a consistent basis across periods by removing the effects of our capital structure (such as varying levels of interest expense), asset base (such as depreciation and amortization) and items outside the control of our management team (such as income tax rates). Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered as alternatives to net income, operating income, cash flow from operating activities or any other measure of financial performance presented in accordance with GAAP.

We believe that our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin will provide useful information to investors in assessing our financial condition and results of operations. Net income is the GAAP measure most directly comparable to Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin, and Adjusted

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin should not be considered as alternatives to net income presented in accordance with GAAP. Because Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin may be defined differently by other companies in our industry, our definitions of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies, thereby diminishing its utility. The following table presents a reconciliation of net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin for each of the periods indicated. Total Adjusted EBITDA figures may not sum in this table due to rounding.

Reconciliation of net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin


	For the Three Months Ended March 31,						For the Year Ended December 31,
(amounts in thousands, except percentages)	2018			2017			2017			2016
	(unaudited)
Revenue	$	324,326		$	182,157		$	1,052,657		$	470,319
Net income (loss)	$	13,342		$	(11,068	)	$	49,170		$	(177,459	)
Income tax expense (benefit)		(315	)		395			2,380			(2,864	)
Depreciation and amortization		14,256			15,889			55,278			71,675
Finance expense, net		1,077			6,877			12,128			29,071
Foreign exchange (gain)/loss, net		(184	)		(9	)		242			38
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment		1,991			654			6,420			962

Adjusted EBITDA	$	30,167		$	12,738		$	125,618		$	(78,579	)

Adjusted EBITDA Margin		9.3	%		7.0	%		11.9	%		(16.7	)%

RISK FACTORS

Investing in shares of our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below with all of the other information included in this prospectus before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock. If any of the following risks were to occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and the Pipe Industry

Our business is dependent on the oil and gas industry, and a decline in the level of capital spending and exploration and production activity within the United States may have an adverse effect on our revenue, cash flows, profitability and growth.

The oil and gas industry is a large consumer of steel pipe, including OCTG, in the United States and Canada and accounts for a substantial majority of our sales. The oil and gas industry has historically been volatile and downturns in the oil and natural gas markets adversely affect demand for our products, which depends, among other factors, on the number of oil and natural gas wells being drilled, completed and reworked and the depth and drilling conditions of these wells, as well as on the construction of pipelines to service these wells. The level of such industry specific activities in turn depends on the level of capital spending by oil and natural gas companies.

Many factors over which we have no control affect the exploration, drilling and production activities of U.S. E&P operators, which influences demand for our products, including:

•

the domestic and foreign supply of, and demand for, oil and natural gas;

•

the level of prices, and expectations about future prices, of oil and natural gas;

•

the level of global oil and natural gas exploration and production;

•

the cost of exploring for, developing, producing and delivering oil and natural gas;

•

the expected decline rates of current production;

•

the discovery rates of new oil and natural gas reserves;

•

the price and quantity of oil and natural gas imports;

•

political and economic conditions in oil and natural gas producing countries and regions, including the United States, the Middle East, Africa, South America and Russia;

•

actions by the members of the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries, or OPEC, with respect to oil production levels and announcements of potential changes in such levels;

•

speculative trading in crude oil and natural gas derivative contracts;

•

the level of consumer demand for oil and natural gas products;

•

expansions or contractions in the credit market;

•

the levels of oil and natural gas storage;

•

global weather conditions and natural disasters;

•

domestic and foreign tax policy;

•

domestic and foreign governmental approvals and regulatory requirements and conditions;

•

the continued threat of terrorism and the impact of military and other action, including military action in the Middle East;

•

technical advances affecting exploration, development and production or energy consumption;

•

the availability, proximity and capacity of oil and natural gas pipelines and other transportation facilities;

•

activities by non-governmental organizations to restrict the exploration, development and production of oil and natural gas;

•

the availability of water resources, suitable proppant and chemicals in sufficient quantities for use in hydraulic fracturing;

•

the price and availability of alternative fuels;

•

uncertainty in capital and commodities markets and the ability of oil and natural gas producers to access capital;

•

merger and divestiture activity among oil and natural gas producers; and

•

overall domestic and global economic and geopolitical conditions.

These factors and the volatility of the energy markets make it extremely difficult to predict future oil and natural gas price movements with any certainty. A significant or sustained decline in oil and natural gas prices would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation and financial condition.

Our industry is cyclical and fluctuations in industry inventory levels may adversely affect our sales and revenues.

Inventory levels of steel pipe at manufacturer, distributor and customer locations can vary significantly from period to period and from region to region. These fluctuations can affect demand for our products. During periods of high demand, industry participants increase the production of steel pipe and customers accumulate inventory. Conversely, during periods of low investment in drilling and other activities, distributors and customers draw from existing inventory. Particularly, when oil and natural gas prices fall, which has generally been the case over the last several years, oil and natural gas companies are generally expected to reduce purchases of additional steel pipe. A significant or sustained reduction in purchases, as we experienced in 2016 when our sales volume by tons decreased by 34%, would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation and financial condition and, in certain circumstances, may require us to temporarily reduce production levels or idle operations at our facilities as a result of a decrease in the demand for our products. When we decide to reduce or idle production, reduced operating rates may be necessary for several quarters or, in certain cases, longer and cause us to incur costs, including the expenses of the outages and the restart of these facilities following a recovery in demand for our products.

If oil or natural gas prices decline again or fail to increase, the demand for our products could be adversely affected.

The demand for our products is primarily determined by current and anticipated oil and natural gas prices and the related levels of capital spending and drilling activity in the areas in which we have operations. Volatility or weakness in oil prices or natural gas prices (or the perception that oil prices or natural gas prices will decrease) affects the spending patterns of our end-users and may result in the drilling of fewer new wells or lower production spending on existing wells. This, in turn, could lead to lower demand for our products and may cause lower rates and lower utilization of our facilities. If oil or natural gas prices decline again or fail to increase, the demand for our products and our results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Prices for oil and natural gas historically have been extremely volatile and are expected to continue to be volatile. During the past six years, the posted WTI price for oil has ranged from a twelve-year low of $26.14 per Bbl in the first quarter of 2016 to a high of $157.04 per Bbl in the second quarter of 2008. The Henry Hub spot market price of natural gas has ranged from a low of $1.49 per MMBtu in the first quarter of 2016 to a high of $15.39 per MMBtu in the fourth quarter of 2005. During 2016, WTI prices ranged from $26.14 to $54.01 per Bbl and the Henry Hub spot market price of natural gas ranged from $1.49 to $3.80 per MMBtu. WTI crude oil prices have begun to recover and reached a closing price of $70.69 per barrel on May 11, 2018, while the Henry Hub spot market price of natural gas was $2.75 per MMBtu on the same date. If the prices of oil and natural gas reverse their recent increases or decline, our operations, financial condition, cash flows and level of expenditures may be materially and adversely affected.

Increases in the cost of raw materials may negatively affect our business.

We require substantial quantities of raw materials to produce steel pipe. Our principal raw material requirements include scrap metal and ferroalloys for use in our in-house steel-making operations and steel coils for producing welded pipe. The demand for the principal raw materials we utilize is generally correlated with macroeconomic fluctuations, which are in turn affected by global economic conditions. These prices are influenced by many factors beyond our control, including oil and natural gas prices, worldwide production capacity, capacity utilization rates, inflation, exchange rates, trade barriers and improvements in steel-making processes.

For the three months ended March 31, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, the costs of raw materials accounted for approximately 48.5% and 47.2% of our total costs, respectively. The price of raw materials, such as scrap metal, ferroalloys, couplings and steel coils, has had, and will continue to have, a significant impact on our production costs. Because we have supply agreements with most of our customers that have pricing terms that are fixed a quarter in advance of when we will supply the product to the customer, we may not be able to pass on an increase in the costs of raw materials (particularly increases in the prices for scrap metal and steel coils) to our customers in a timely manner or at all, which may have a material adverse effect on our profit margins, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

We face risks associated with suppliers from whom our products are sourced and may experience unexpected supply shortages.

We manufacture steel pipe using supplies from a wide variety of suppliers. We typically do not enter into long-term contracts with these suppliers, and as such, we operate without any contractual assurances of continued supply, pricing or access to raw materials, including steel coil and steel scrap, ferroalloys and electrodes, a material required for the operation of our electric arc furnaces. Any of our suppliers could discontinue supplying us with these products in sufficient quantities or offer us less favorable terms on future transactions for a variety of reasons. The benefits we currently experience from our supplier relationships could be adversely affected if our suppliers:

•

discontinue selling such products to us;

•

enter into arrangements with competitors that could impair our ability to sell our suppliers’ products, including by giving our competitors exclusivity arrangements or limiting our access to certain products;

•

sell similar or identical products to our competitors with similar or better pricing, some of whom may already purchase our suppliers’ products in significantly greater volume and at lower prices than we do;

•

raise the prices they charge us;

•

refuse to allow us to return merchandise purchased from them;

•

change pricing terms to require us to pay on delivery or upfront, including as a result of changes in the credit relationships some of our suppliers have with their various lending institutions;

•

lengthen our suppliers’ lead times; or

•

compete with us directly.

Events that adversely impact our suppliers could impair our ability to obtain adequate and timely raw materials, ferroalloys and electrodes. Such events include, among others, difficulties or problems associated with our suppliers’ business, the financial instability and labor problems of suppliers, merchandise quality and safety issues, natural or man-made disasters, inclement weather conditions, war, acts of terrorism and other political instability, economic conditions, shipment issues, the availability of raw materials and increased production costs. Our suppliers may be forced to reduce their production, shut down their operations or file for bankruptcy. Currently, there is an industry shortage in the supply of electrodes. Our inability to obtain sufficient raw materials and products from suppliers, in sufficient quantities, due to the occurrence of one or more of the events identified above or other market conditions could impact our ability to get products to our distributors or end-users, result in disruptions to our operations, increase our costs and decrease our profitability.

Any decrease in the availability of the steel pipe that we import from our affiliated companies in the TMK Group, including as a result of tariffs or quotas imposed by the United States, could materially affect our results of operations, and there is no guarantee that we would be able to find a suitable replacement supplier.

In addition to selling pipe produced at our manufacturing facilities in the United States, we resell pipe sourced from our affiliated companies in the TMK Group. The sales of the pipe that we imported from our affiliated companies in the TMK Group and resold during the three months ended March 31, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017 accounted for 13.0% and 14.7% of our revenue, respectively. If for any reason, including increased demand for pipe in Russia, our affiliated companies in the TMK Group become unable to provide us pipe in the quantity that we demand, we may be forced to purchase such pipe from a third-party supplier at a higher cost, which would decrease our profitability with respect to such products. Further, there can be no guarantee that we would be able to identify a suitable replacement supplier on a timely basis, in which case we may be forced to rely exclusively on our domestically produced pipe, and our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected. In addition, on March 8, 2018, President Trump signed a presidential proclamation imposing a 25% tariff on imported steel products including pipe from all countries except Canada and Mexico, effective on March 23, 2018. The implementation of this tariff, as well as the imposition of any additional tariffs or quotas on the importation of pipe from the countries in which the TMK Group operates, including Russia, could increase our costs to acquire this pipe, thereby decreasing the profits we derive from such sales.

A substantial decrease in the price of steel pipe could significantly reduce our gross profit.

Our business is significantly affected by the price and supply of steel pipe. The steel pipe industry as a whole is cyclical and at times pricing and availability of pipe can be volatile due to numerous factors beyond our

control, including general domestic and international economic conditions, labor costs, sales levels, competition, consolidation of pipe producers, fluctuations in the costs of raw materials necessary to produce pipe, import duties and tariffs and currency exchange rates. This volatility can significantly affect the price and supply of pipe. When pipe prices decline, customer demands for lower prices and our competitors’ responses to those demands could result in us having to lower our pipe price, thereby significantly reducing our gross profit or increasing our loss.

We entered into a revolving credit agreement in December 2017. The operating and financial restrictions and covenants in our revolving credit facility and any future financing agreements could restrict our ability to finance future operations or capital needs or to expand or pursue our business activities. For example, our revolving credit facility restricts or limits our ability to:

•

grant liens;

•

incur additional indebtedness or guarantee indebtedness of others;

•

make or pay dividends or distributions;

•

engage in a merger, consolidation or dissolution;

•

make investments or loans;

•

enter into transactions with affiliates;

•

sell or otherwise dispose of assets, businesses and operations;

•

amend the company’s organizational documents; and

•

amend, waive or grant consents under material contracts.

Furthermore, our revolving credit facility contains certain other operating and financial covenants. Our ability to comply with the covenants and restrictions contained in our revolving credit facility may be affected by events beyond our control, including prevailing economic, financial and industry conditions. If our cash flow from operating activities becomes insufficient, we may be required to take certain actions, including delaying or reducing capital or other expenditures, selling properties or other assets or seeking additional debt or equity capital in an attempt to restructure or refinance our indebtedness. We may be unable to take any of these actions on favorable terms or in a timely manner. Further, such actions may not be sufficient to allow us to comply with the financial covenants that are included in our revolving credit facility or service our borrowing obligations in full and, in any event, may have a material adverse effect on our business. If we violate any of the restrictions, covenants, ratios or tests in our revolving credit facility, a significant portion of our indebtedness may become immediately due and payable, our lenders’ commitment to make further loans to us may terminate. We might not have, or be able to obtain, sufficient funds to make these accelerated payments. Any subsequent replacement of our revolving credit facility or any new indebtedness could have similar or greater restrictions. Please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Our Revolving Credit Facility.”

Certain of PAO TMK’s debt agreements contain restrictive covenants that may limit our ability to incur debt and to engage in various activities.

PAO TMK, which will own approximately % of our common stock (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares) upon completion of this offering, is subject to various covenants under its debt agreements and public bonds. These covenants impose restrictions on PAO TMK and its subsidiaries (including us) with respect to, among other things, incurring debt, granting loans, creating liens, maintaining certain financial ratios, exceeding annual capital expenditure thresholds and acquiring or disposing of assets. If PAO TMK does not, or permits a subsidiary to not, comply with these covenants and such failure to comply is not cured in accordance with the relevant debt agreements, then PAO TMK will be in default thereunder.

Further, in the event PAO TMK defaults under certain of its other debt agreements, we could be materially adversely affected. We have no control over whether PAO TMK remains in compliance with the provisions of its debt agreements, except as such provisions may otherwise directly pertain to us. In addition to us, PAO TMK has various other businesses that require capital. The overall debt capacity that is permitted under the debt agreements may not provide sufficient liquidity for PAO TMK and its subsidiaries, including us. Debt financing that would otherwise be available to us may be diverted to PAO TMK and its other subsidiaries. PAO TMK, without our consent, may also enter into other agreements, or amend the existing agreements, in the future that may further restrict it and its subsidiaries (including us) from engaging in these and other activities. These limitations may adversely affect our ability to finance our operations, capital plan and future business opportunities and may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. For more information, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Related Party Transactions—Term Loan Facilities and Guarantees”. As a majority stockholder, PAO TMK will have the ability to, subject to restrictions under its own debt agreements discussed above, cause us to incur additional debt, dispose of assets or engage in other transactions to raise capital and then distribute the proceeds to PAO TMK in the form of a dividend. Such transactions, or the perception that such transactions could occur, may adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Conflicts of interest could arise in the future between us, on the one hand, and the TMK Group, on the other hand, concerning among other things, potential competitive business activities or business opportunities. PAO TMK is a global manufacturer and supplier of steel pipe for the oil and gas industry, operating 16 production sites in Russia, Canada, Romania, Oman and Kazakhstan with one research and development center in Russia. As a result, the TMK Group may now, or in the future, directly or indirectly, compete with us for investment or business opportunities.

Our governing documents will provide that the TMK Group is not restricted from owning assets or engaging in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us and will not have any duty to refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us, including those business activities or lines of business deemed to be competing with us, or doing business with any of our clients, customers or vendors. In particular, subject to the limitations of applicable law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, among other things:

•

permits the TMK Group and any of its respective principals, officers, members, managers and employees, including any of the foregoing who serve as our officers or directors, whom we collectively refer to as the Covered Persons, to conduct business that competes with us and to make investments in any kind of property in which we may make investments; and

•

provides that if the TMK Group or any of the Covered Persons becomes aware of a potential business opportunity, transaction or other matter, they will have no duty to communicate or offer that opportunity to us.

The TMK Group may become aware, from time to time, of certain business opportunities (such as acquisition opportunities) and may direct such opportunities to other businesses in which they have invested, in which case we may not become aware of or otherwise have the ability to pursue such opportunity. Further, such businesses may choose to compete with us for these opportunities, possibly causing these opportunities to not be available to us or causing them to be more expensive for us to pursue. In addition, the TMK Group may dispose of their steel pipe manufacturing assets or steel pipe supply business in the future, without any obligation to offer us the opportunity to purchase any of those assets or business. As a result, our renouncing our interest and expectancy in any business opportunity that may be from time to time presented to the TMK Group and could adversely impact our business or prospects if attractive business opportunities are procured by such parties for their own benefit rather than for ours.

In any of these matters, the interests of the TMK Group may differ or conflict with the interests of our other stockholders. Any actual or perceived conflicts of interest with respect to the foregoing could have an adverse impact on the trading price of our common stock.

Our business requires significant capital, and we may require additional capital in the future to execute our growth strategy. For the three months ended March 31, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, we incurred approximately $9.7 million and $20.0 million in capital expenditures, respectively. Historically, we have financed these investments through cash flows from operations, borrowings from our affiliates and external borrowings. These sources of capital may not be available to us in the future, and our revolving credit facility places certain restrictions on our ability to enter into new debt arrangements. If we are unable to fund capital expenditures for any reason, we may not be able to capture available growth opportunities and any such failure could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. If we incur additional indebtedness or issue additional equity securities, our profitability may be reduced and our stockholders may experience significant dilution.

We may have our intellectual property rights infringed, or be exposed to infringement claims by third parties, and there can be no assurance that our intellectual property rights will be protected.

We have, and plan to continue to develop, a range of proprietary products and technologies. While we take certain steps towards protecting our intellectual property, third parties may obtain and use our intellectual property without our authorization, including through our employees who have access to it, and contractual protections or other legal remedies may not in every case be sufficient to protect our rights. In such a case, our competitors may obtain an advantage by using such intellectual property, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects.

Conversely, we may be subject to infringement claims from third parties in the future resulting from the technology and intellectual property used in the production of our products. If we are found liable for infringement, we may be required to pay significant damages, and if we are unable to license or develop non-infringing technology on a timely basis, we may be unable to continue offer the affected products or services without risk of liability.

A small number of our customers account for a large proportion of our sales, and the loss of any of these customers may negatively impact our business.

For the three months ended March 31, 2018, our five largest customers by sales revenues were B&L Pipeco Services, Inc., CTAP LLC, MRC Global Inc., Pyramid Tubular Products L.P. and Sooner Pipe LLC,

which, in the aggregate, accounted for 68% of our total pipe sales. In addition, three of our customers, B&L Pipeco Services, Inc., CTAP LLC and Sooner Pipe LLC, each accounted for more than 10% of our revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2018. We expect this concentration of customers to continue for the foreseeable future, and consistent with industry practice, we do not have purchase commitments from most of our major customers. In the event that our relationship with any of these major customers were to deteriorate, or these customers were to cease operations, to terminate or downsize their relationship or tighten their terms of trade with us, this may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. In addition, some of our major customers may be similarly affected by changes in industry specific conditions given their focus on the oil and gas industry. Further, given the customer concentration we are potentially exposed to large individual credit risk losses in the event one or more of our major customers experience a deterioration in financial performance or financial condition and are unable to meet their obligations to us, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation, financial condition and prospects.

Our production volumes are based on a forecast of customer demand, and the inaccuracy of our forecast may result in excess inventory, which could adversely affect our profit margins, cash flows and results of operations if prices or sales volume decline.

Because our production volumes are based on a forecast of customer demand rather than purchase commitments from our major customers, there is a risk that our forecasts could be inaccurate and that we will be unable to sell our products at the volumes and prices we expect, which may result in excess inventory. The value of our inventory could decline if the prices we are able to charge our customers decline. In that case, we may experience reduced margins or losses as we dispose of higher-cost products at reduced market prices.

Our profitability, profit margins and cash flows can also be negatively affected if we are unable to sell our excess inventory in a timely manner. Although we build inventory based on historical usage patterns and expected demand, market conditions and inventory mix may affect the demand for our inventoried products. If we are unable to sell our inventory in a timely manner, we may incur costs, such as maintenance, insurance and storage costs and property taxes that may reduce our profitability, and we may be required to write-down the value of our slow moving inventory.

We may bear financial risk if we overrun our capital expenditures estimates.

The production of steel pipe requires significant capital expenditures, and the equipment that we use in our manufacturing process is expensive. We require significant capital investment to maintain our equipment and would require significant capital investment to replace or expand such equipment. We may bear financial risk if we overrun our capital expenditures estimates, possibly resulting in reduced liquidity, increased debt or revisions to our capital plan. Significant capital expenditures overruns could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We operate in highly competitive markets, and an inability to compete successfully may negatively affect our business.

The U.S. market for steel pipe, particularly in the oil and natural gas sector, is highly competitive and primarily based on compliance with technical requirements, price, quality and related services. We face increasing competition from international and other U.S. pipe producers in the United States and this trend may increase in the future.

We face considerable competition primarily from local producers, such as Tenaris S.A., or Tenaris, U.S. Steel Corporation, or U.S. Steel, and Vallourec S.A., or Vallourec, as well as from companies importing OCTG and line pipe. Certain of our competitors may have substantially greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources. Our larger competitors may be able to use their size and purchasing power to seek economies of scale

and pricing concessions and may also be able to respond more quickly to new or emerging technologies and services and changes in customer requirements. Several key domestic competitors have announced capacity additions in recent years, and in particular, Tenaris has constructed a seamless pipe mill near Bay City, Texas and begun initial production. This facility is expected to include new premium connections production capacity. Some foreign competitors, which have historically imported products into the United States, have announced that they plan to construct domestic manufacturing facilities, including for example, TPCO America Corporation, which has begun construction of a new seamless pipe facility near Gregory, Texas, and SeAH Steel USA, which recently announced its plan to install a new tubing mill at its Houston facility in response to President Trump’s decision to impose tariffs on imported steel. We compete with these and other U.S. producers in the market for welded and seamless pipe. Price is the main differentiating factor for these products, and certain foreign producers are often able to offer lower prices than us. U.S. trade restrictions against Chinese seamless pipe producers have effectively closed off the market to pipe originating from China, which has benefited us and other U.S. producers. Similarly, competitors with new U.S. production capacity, once completed, may seek to secure market share by offering lower prices, assisted by potentially lower production costs at these new facilities than at our own facilities, which may also lead to pricing pressure and adversely affect our sales and our margins. In addition, increases in the extraction of natural gas from shale plays in the United States and Canada have contributed to a general decrease in U.S. natural gas prices in recent years and to a reduction in natural gas exploration activity. As a result, sales of OCTG in the United States and Canada are likely to continue to be subject to significant competition, which could lead to pricing pressure and adversely affect our sales and our margins.

We may not be able to compete effectively against existing producers or against new entrants to the steel pipe industry and preserve our current share of the various geographical or product markets in which we operate. A failure to compete effectively in one or more of these markets could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

If we fail to continue to innovate and develop new products and production techniques, we may be unable to grow our business or maintain market share.

The steel pipe industry is characterized by high levels of competition, and our competitive advantages and future growth prospects depend in part on our ability to continue to develop products and improve our production techniques. In 2013, we invested significant capital into the construction of our R&D facility in Houston, Texas. There can be no assurance that this investment or future investments in research and development will provide us with the innovation and technological advances required to ensure that our products and production techniques remain competitive. If our competitors are able to create innovative new products or production techniques that allow them to produce products at a lower cost, the demand for some of our products may wane, which could negatively impact our business in a number of ways, including through lower revenues from sales. Failure to continue to innovate and develop new products and production techniques could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

Low levels of demand for OCTG and line pipe could reduce the demand for our products and could cause us to lower prices, which would reduce our profitability.

As a result of the reduction in oil well drilling activity in the United States, the demand for OCTG and line pipe in the United States is significantly lower in 2018 than during the more favorable oil price environment of 2014. The magnitude and pace of recovery in the U.S. OCTG and line pipe market is uncertain and is dependent on a number of factors, including oil prices, drilling volumes and existing OCTG and line pipe inventories.

There can be no assurance that U.S. demand for OCTG and line pipe will continue to recover. If the demand does not maintain its current level or increase or if there is a further decrease in demand, it could increase the competition we face, negatively impact our level of sales or profit margins and, accordingly, have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition or prospects.

High levels of imports of OCTG and line pipe, such as those from South Korean producers, could create pricing pressure and reduce the volume of OCTG and line pipe sold by domestic pipe producers, including us, in the United States, which would result in reduced profitability for our operations. We believe that import levels are affected by, among other things:

•

currency exchange rates;

•

overall world demand for OCTG and line pipe;

•

freight costs and availability;

•

country specific production costs;

•

the trade practices of foreign governments and producers; and

•

the presence or absence of anti-dumping, countervailing duty or other U.S. government orders that raise the cost of, or impose limits on, imports.

Although President Trump recently signed a presidential proclamation imposing a 25% tariff on imported steel products including pipe from all countries except Canada and Mexico, effective on March 23, 2018, and anti-dumping and countervailing duty remedies are in place against pipe producers in China and other countries, these tariffs and remedies could be modified or revoked. Anti-dumping and countervailing duty remedies, which impose special duties designed to offset unfair pricing and foreign government subsidization, are subject to annual administrative reviews that may be requested by various foreign and domestic parties and may be revoked as a result of periodic “sunset reviews”. We cannot predict the U.S. government’s future actions regarding duties, tariffs or any other trade restrictions on imports of OCTG and line pipe and any changes that may be made. If any of the protections currently in place or forthcoming in the United States prove to be insufficient or are revoked, we could face increased competition from lower-cost foreign imports into these markets that could adversely affect our sales volume, revenue and profitability and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Equipment failures or production curtailments or shutdowns could adversely affect our production.

Our production capacities are subject to equipment failures and to the risk of catastrophic loss due to unanticipated events, such as fires, explosions and adverse weather conditions. Our manufacturing processes depend on critical pieces of steel-making and pipe-making equipment. Such equipment may, on occasion, be out of service as a result of unanticipated failures, which could require us to close part or all of the relevant production facility or cause us to reduce production on one or more of our production lines. Any interruption in production capability may require us to make significant and unanticipated capital expenditures to effect repairs, which could have a negative effect on our profitability and cash flows. We currently maintain business interruption insurance; however, recoveries under insurance coverage that we currently maintain or may obtain in the future may not completely offset the lost revenues or increased costs resulting from a disruption of our operations. A sustained disruption to our business could also result in delays to or cancellations of customer orders and contractual penalties, which may also negatively impact our reputation among our customers. Any or all of these occurrences could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

Because we manufacture all of the steel billets used in our domestic production of seamless pipe at one facility in Koppel, Pennsylvania, and because we manufacture all of our domestic seamless pipe at one facility in Ambridge, Pennsylvania, we may be disproportionately exposed to disruptions in our business if either of those facilities experiences mechanical or other operational failures or if the region experiences severe weather, transportation capacity constraints, constraints on the availability of required equipment, facilities, personnel or services, significant governmental regulation or natural disasters. Although we currently maintain business insurance coverage to cover a portion of these types of risks, there are potential risks associated with our operations in Koppel and Ambridge not covered by insurance, and recoveries under insurance coverage that we currently maintain may not completely offset the lost revenues or increased costs resulting from a disruption of our operations.

During the three months ended March 31, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, we derived approximately 46.5% and 50.0% of our revenues, respectively, from sales of the seamless pipe that we produced domestically, and we expect to continue to derive a substantial amount of our product revenue from seamless pipe that we produce domestically. If we experience any of the risks described above relating to our Koppel facility, including downtime or other delays or interruptions of our production of steel billets, we may be forced to purchase steel billets from a third-party supplier at a higher cost, decreasing our profitability with respect to our domestically produced seamless pipe. If we experience any of the risks described above relating to our Koppel facility, including downtime or other delays or interruptions of our production of seamless pipe, we may be forced to seek replacement pipe from a third-party producer at a higher cost or to rely on less profitable products, and our business, results of operation and financial condition could be adversely affected.

The loss of third-party transportation providers upon whom we depend, or conditions negatively affecting the transportation industry, could increase our costs or cause a disruption in our operations.

We depend upon third-party trucking and other transportation providers for delivery of products to our customers. Strikes, slowdowns, transportation disruptions or other conditions in the transportation industry, including, but not limited to, shortages of truck drivers, disruptions in rail service, increases in fuel prices and adverse weather conditions, could increase our costs and disrupt our operations and our ability to service our customers on a timely basis. We cannot predict whether or to what extent any of these factors would affect our costs or otherwise harm our business.

Our business involves occupational hazards to our workforce.

Our operations rely heavily on our workforce, which is exposed to a wide range of operational hazards typical for the pipe- and steel-making industries. These hazards arise from working at industrial sites, operating heavy machinery and performing other hazardous activities. Although we provide our workforce with occupational health and safety training and believe that our safety standards and procedures are adequate, accidents at our sites and facilities have occurred in the past and may occur in the future as a result of unexpected circumstances, failure of employees to follow proper safety procedures, human error or otherwise. If any of these circumstances were to occur in the future, they could result in personal injury, business interruption, possible legal liability, damage to our business reputation and corporate image and, in severe cases, fatalities, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects. We have general liability and workers compensation insurance to protect us against such risks, but recoveries under the insurance coverage that we obtain in the future, if any, may not fully offset our costs in the event of a claim.

The possible growth of our business through acquisitions may expose us to various risks, including those relating to difficulties in identifying suitable, accretive acquisition opportunities and integrating businesses, assets and personnel, as well as difficulties in obtaining financing for targeted acquisitions and the potential for increased leverage or debt service requirements.

As a component of our business strategy, we may pursue selected, accretive acquisitions of complementary assets, businesses and technologies. Acquisitions involve numerous risks, including:

•

unanticipated costs and assumption of liabilities and exposure to unforeseen liabilities of the acquired business, including, but not limited to, environmental liabilities;

•

difficulties in integrating the operations and assets of the acquired business and the acquired personnel;

•

limitations on our ability to properly assess and maintain an effective internal control environment over an acquired business;

•

potential losses of key employees and customers of the acquired business;

•

risks of entering markets in which we have limited prior experience; and

•

increases in our expenses and working capital requirements.

The process of integrating an acquired business may involve unforeseen costs and delays or other operational, technical and financial difficulties and may require a significant amount time and resources. Our failure to incorporate the acquired business and assets into our existing operations successfully or to minimize any unforeseen operational difficulties could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, there is considerable competition for acquisition opportunities in our industry. Competition for acquisitions may increase the cost of, or cause us to refrain from, completing acquisitions.

In addition, we may not have sufficient capital resources to complete any additional acquisitions. We may incur substantial indebtedness to finance future acquisitions and also may issue equity, debt or convertible securities in connection with such acquisitions. Debt service requirements could represent a significant burden on our results of operations and financial condition and the issuance of additional equity or convertible securities could be dilutive to our existing stockholders. Furthermore, we may not be able to obtain additional financing on satisfactory terms. Even if we have access to the necessary capital, we may be unable to continue to identify suitable acquisition opportunities, negotiate acceptable terms or successfully acquire identified targets.

Interruptions in the proper functioning of our information systems or failure to timely and properly complete our current information systems replacement project could disrupt operations and cause increases in costs and/or decreases in revenues.

The proper functioning of our information systems is critical to the successful operation of our business. We depend on our information technology systems to process orders, manage inventory and monitor accounts receivable. Our information systems also allow us to efficiently purchase raw materials from our suppliers and ship products to our customers on a timely basis, maintain cost-effective operations and provide superior service to our customers. Although our information systems are protected through physical and software safeguards and remote processing capabilities exist, information systems are still vulnerable to natural disasters, power losses, telecommunication failures and other problems. If critical information systems fail or are otherwise unavailable, our ability to procure products to sell, process and ship customer orders, identify business opportunities, maintain proper levels of inventories, collect accounts receivable and pay accounts payable and expenses could be adversely affected. Our ability to integrate our systems with our customers’ systems would also be significantly affected. We

maintain information systems controls designed to protect against, among other things, unauthorized program changes and unauthorized access to data on our information systems. If our information systems controls do not function properly, we face increased risks of unexpected errors and unreliable financial data.

We must comply with and could be impacted by various export controls and trade and economic sanctions laws and regulations that are fluid and may change due to diplomatic and political considerations outside of our control.

Our business activities are subject to various export controls and trade and economic sanctions laws and regulations, including, without limitation, the U.S. Commerce Department’s Export Administration Regulations, the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control’s trade and economic sanctions programs, and the U.S. Department of State’s Nonproliferation Sanctions, which we collectively refer to as Trade Controls. In addition, Trade Controls and their implementation are fluid and may change due to diplomatic and political considerations outside of our control. Such changes, including the potential expansion of sanctions and sanctions designations, as well as public statements by government officials, could be significant, require us to take certain actions to be in compliance, adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock, have a reputational impact, or otherwise have a material adverse impact on us, our business, and our ability to raise capital.

Although we have implemented compliance measures designed to prevent transactions prohibited by the Trade Controls, including a comprehensive compliance program for sanctions relating to Russia and Crimea, our failure to successfully comply with applicable Trade Controls may expose us to negative legal and business consequences, including civil or criminal penalties, government investigations, and reputational harm.

We are subject to environmental requirements and risks which could result in significant costs, liabilities, and obligations.

Our operations are subject to stringent and complex federal, state and local laws and regulations governing the discharge of materials into the environment, the health and safety aspects of our operations, or otherwise relating to environmental protection. These laws and regulations may impose numerous obligations applicable to our operations, including the acquisition of a permit or other approval before conducting regulated activities; the restriction of the types, quantities and concentration of materials that can be released into the environment; the limitation or prohibition of activities on certain lands lying within wilderness, wetlands, and other protected areas; the application of specific health and safety criteria addressing worker protection; and the imposition of substantial liabilities for pollution resulting from our operations. Such federal laws include, but are not limited to, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, or the RCRA, and the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, or the CERCLA, governing solid and hazardous waste management, the Clean Air Act, or the CAA, and the Clean Water Act, or CWA, protecting air and water resources, and the Toxic Substances Control Act, or the TSCA, governing the management of hazardous materials, in addition to analogous state laws. Numerous governmental authorities, such as the EPA and analogous state agencies, have the power to enforce compliance with these laws and regulations and the permits issued under them. Such enforcement actions often involve difficult and costly compliance measures or corrective actions. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations may result in the assessment of sanctions, including administrative, civil or criminal penalties, natural resource damages, the imposition of investigatory, corrective action or remedial obligations, and the issuance of orders limiting or prohibiting some or all of our operations. In addition, we may experience delays in obtaining, or be unable to obtain, required permits, which may delay or interrupt our operations and limit our growth and revenue.

Certain environmental laws impose strict liability (i.e., no showing of “fault” is required) as well as joint and several liability for costs required to remediate and restore sites where hazardous substances, hydrocarbons or solid wastes have been stored or released. We may be required to remediate contaminated properties currently or formerly owned or operated by us or facilities of third parties that received waste generated by our operations, regardless of whether such contamination resulted from the conduct of others or from the consequences of our

own actions that were in compliance with all applicable laws at the time those actions were taken. In connection with certain acquisitions, we could acquire, or be required to provide indemnification against, environmental liabilities that could expose us to material losses. Furthermore, the existence of contamination at properties we own, lease or operate could result in increased operational costs or restrictions on our ability to use those properties as intended, including for mining purposes.

In certain instances, citizen groups also have the ability to bring legal proceedings against us if we are not in compliance with environmental laws, or to challenge our ability to receive environmental permits that we need to operate. In addition, claims for damages to persons or property, including natural resources, may result from the environmental, health and safety impacts of our operations. Our insurance may not cover all environmental risks and costs or may not provide sufficient coverage if an environmental claim is made against us. Moreover, public interest in the protection of the environment has increased dramatically in recent years. The trend of more expansive and stringent environmental legislation and regulations applied to the manufacturing industry could continue, resulting in increased costs of doing business and consequently affecting profitability. Finally, federal, state or local administrative decisions, developments in the federal or state court systems or other governmental or judicial actions may influence the interpretation or enforcement of environmental laws and regulations and may thereby increase compliance costs.

Increased regulation associated with climate change and greenhouse gas emissions could impose significant costs and obligations.

Climate change continues to attract considerable public and scientific attention. As a result, numerous proposals have been made and are likely to continue to be made at the international, national, regional and state levels of government to monitor and limit emissions of greenhouse gases, or GHGs. These efforts have included consideration of cap-and-trade programs, carbon taxes, GHG reporting and tracking programs and regulations that directly limit GHG emissions from certain sources. At the federal level, no comprehensive climate change legislation has been implemented to date. The EPA has, however, adopted rules under authority of the CAA that, among other things, establish Potential for Significant Deterioration, or PSD, construction and Title V operating permit reviews for GHG emissions from certain large stationary sources that are also potential major sources of certain principal, or criteria, pollutant emissions, which reviews could require securing PSD permits at covered facilities emitting GHGs and meeting “best available control technology’’ standards for those GHG emissions. In addition, the EPA has adopted rules requiring the monitoring and annual reporting of GHG emissions from certain petroleum and natural gas system sources in the United States.

Additionally, in December 2015, the United States joined the international community at the 21st Conference of the Parties of the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change in Paris, France that prepared an agreement requiring member countries to review and “represent a progression” in their intended nationally determined contributions, which set GHG emission reduction goals every five years beginning in 2020. This “Paris Agreement” was signed by the United States in April 2016 and entered into force in November 2016; however, the GHG emission reductions called for by the Paris Agreement are not binding. On June 1, 2017, President Trump announced that the United States will withdraw from the Paris Agreement and seek negotiations either to reenter the Paris Agreement on different terms or to establish a new framework agreement. In August 2017, the U.S. Department of State provided official notice to the United Nations of the United States’ intention to withdraw from the Paris Agreement. The Paris Agreement provides for a four-year exit process, which would result in an effective exit date of November 2020. The United States’ adherence to the exit process and/or the terms on which the United States may reenter the Paris Agreement or a separately negotiated agreement are unclear at this time.

The adoption and implementation of any international, federal or state legislation or regulations that require reporting of GHGs or otherwise restrict emissions of GHGs could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, demand for our products, results of operations, and cash flows. Substantial limitations on GHG emissions could also adversely affect demand for the oil and natural gas, which could reduce

demand for our tubular products. Finally, some scientists have concluded that increasing concentrations of GHG in the atmosphere may produce climate changes that have significant physical effects, such as increased frequency and severity of storms, droughts, and floods and other climate events that could have an adverse effect on our assets.

Increased regulation of the oil and gas industry could adversely impact our customers’ operations and, in turn, reduce demand for our products.

Our primary end-users are E&P operators operating in the United States and Canada. Like our operations, the oil and gas industry is subject to extensive environmental, health and safety regulations in the United States, including regulations governing air quality, water quality, hydraulic fracturing, threatened and endangered species, pipeline safety and federal land management requirements, among others. Additional legislative or regulatory requirements relating to the oil and gas industry could adversely impact our end-users’ operations and, in turn, decrease demand for our steel pipe.

Potential environmental, product liability and other claims may create significant liabilities and negatively impact our business.

Our OCTG and line pipe are sold primarily for use in oil and natural gas drilling and transportation activities, which are subject to inherent risks, including well failures, line pipe leaks and fires, that could result in death, personal injury, property damage, environmental pollution or loss of production. Any of these hazards and risks can result in the release of hydrocarbons, environmental liabilities, personal injury claims and property damage. Similarly, defects in our other industrial seamless and welded pipe could result in death, personal injury, property damage, environmental pollution or loss of production.

Further, actual or claimed defects in our products may give rise to claims against us for losses and expose us to claims for damages. We have product liability insurance to protect us against such risks, but recoveries under this insurance coverage that we obtain in the future, if any, may not fully offset our costs in the event of a claim. Any resulting costs or liabilities borne by us may be significant, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We may need additional capital in the future and it may not be available on acceptable terms.

We may require more capital in the future to:

•

fund our operations;

•

finance investments in equipment and infrastructure needed to maintain and expand our distribution capabilities;

•

enhance and expand the range of products we offer; and

•

respond to potential strategic opportunities, such as investments, acquisitions and international expansion.

We cannot assure you that additional financing will be available on terms favorable to us, or at all. The terms of available financing may place limits on our financial and operating flexibility. If adequate funds are not available on acceptable terms, we may be forced to reduce our operations or delay, limit or abandon expansion opportunities. Moreover, even if we are able to continue our operations, the failure to obtain additional financing could reduce our competitiveness.

We are exposed to credit risk.

We pay considerable attention to credit risk attributable to trade receivables from a number of our customers and advances issued to our suppliers. Credit is only offered to customers that meet our credit requirements. We have developed procedures aimed at preventing payment arrears and ensuring effective collection. However, there can be no assurance that the implementation of these measures will be successful to substantially reduce our credit risk in these transactions. Any significant increase in the credit risk associated with our trade receivables could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

The deterioration of the financial condition of our customers could adversely affect our business.

During times when the oil or gas markets weaken, our customers are more likely to experience financial difficulties, including being unable to access debt or equity financing, which could result in a reduction in our customers’ spending for our products. In addition, in the course of our business we hold accounts receivable from our customers. In the event of the financial distress or bankruptcy of a customer, we could lose all or a portion of such outstanding accounts receivable associated with that customer. Further, if a customer was to enter into bankruptcy, it could also result in the cancellation of all or a portion of our contracts with such customer at significant expense or loss of expected revenues to us.

We do not carry insurance against all potential risks and losses, and our insurance might be inadequate to cover all of our losses or liabilities or may not be available on commercially reasonable terms.

We have limited, and potentially insufficient, insurance coverage for expenses and losses that may arise in connection with the quality of our products, property damage, work-related accidents and occupational illnesses, natural disasters and environmental contamination. We have no insurance coverage for loss of profits or other losses caused by the death or incapacitation of our senior management. Losses or liabilities arising from these or other such events could increase our costs and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We are subject to a variety of federal, state and local laws and regulatory regimes, including a variety of labor laws and regulations. Failure to comply with laws and regulations could subject us to, among other things, penalties and legal expenses which could have a materially adverse effect on our business.

We are subject to various federal, state and local laws and regulations including, but not limited to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and regulations promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service, the United States Department of Labor and the Occupational Safety and Health Administration. We are also subject to a variety of federal and state employment and labor laws and regulations, including the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act, the Worker Adjustment and Restructuring Notification Act, or WARN Act, and other regulations related to working conditions, wage-hour pay, overtime pay, family leave, employee benefits, antidiscrimination, termination of employment, safety standards and other workplace regulations.

Failure to properly adhere to these and other applicable laws and regulations could result in investigations, the imposition of penalties or adverse legal judgments by public or private plaintiffs, and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. Similarly, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected by the cost of complying with newly-implemented laws and regulations.

Delays or restrictions in obtaining permits by us for our operations or by our customers for their operations could impair our business.

In most states, our operations and the operations of our oil and natural gas producing end-users require permits from one or more governmental agencies in order to perform drilling and completion activities, secure

water rights, construct impoundments tanks and operate pipelines or trucking services. Such permits are typically issued by state agencies, but federal and local governmental permits may also be required. The requirements for such permits vary depending on the location where such drilling and completion, and pipeline and gathering, activities will be conducted. As with all governmental permitting processes, there is a degree of uncertainty as to whether a permit will be granted, the time it will take for a permit to be issued, the conditions that may be imposed in connection with the granting of the permit and whether the permit may be terminated. In addition, some of our customers’ drilling and completion activities may take place on federal land or Native American lands, requiring leases and other approvals from the federal government or Native American tribes to conduct such drilling and completion activities. Under certain circumstances, federal agencies may cancel proposed leases for federal lands and refuse to grant or delay required approvals. Therefore, our customers’ operations in certain areas of the United States may be interrupted or suspended for varying lengths of time, causing a loss of revenue to us and adversely affecting our results of operations in support of those customers.

Our business may be affected by labor disruptions, shortages of skilled employees and labor cost inflation.

Competition for skilled employees in the steel pipe industry is relatively intense, and labor costs continue to increase moderately. We expect that the demand and, hence, costs for skilled employees will continue to increase, reflecting the significant demand from other industries and public infrastructure projects. Continual high demand for skilled employees and continued increases in labor costs could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

A portion of our workforce is unionized and labor disruptions could decrease our profitability.

As of May 1, 2018, we had approximately 650 employees at three of our facilities in the United States subject to two collective bargaining agreements, comprising approximately 33% of our labor force. We cannot anticipate whether there will be an increase in the number or percentage of our employees who are covered by a collective bargaining agreement. The collective bargaining agreement covering the employees of our Koppel, Pennsylvania and Ambridge, Pennsylvania facilities will expire on November 1, 2018. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to negotiate these or other collective bargaining agreements on the same or more favorable terms as the current agreements or arrangements, or at all, and without interruptions, including labor stoppages at the facilities subject to any particular agreement or arrangement. We also cannot guarantee the impact of such agreements on our operating costs, operating income and cash flows. A prolonged labor dispute, which could include a work stoppage or work slowdown, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our competitive position and future prospects depend to a large extent on the experience and expertise of our senior management.

Our senior management’s involvement has been, and we believe will continue to be, important in the pursuit and implementation of our strategy. In addition, our ability to maintain our competitive position and to implement our business strategy is dependent to a significant extent on the services of our senior management. We depend on our current senior management for the implementation of our strategy and the supervision of our day-to-day activities. However, there can be no assurance that these individuals will continue to make their services available to us in the future.

The loss or diminution of the services of our senior management or an inability to attract and retain additional senior management personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Further, competition in the United States for personnel with relevant expertise is intense due to the relatively small number of qualified individuals, and this situation could seriously affect our ability to retain our existing senior management and attract additional suitably qualified senior management personnel. As a result, the departure of key managers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our systems and information technology infrastructure may be subject to security breaches and other cyber security incidents. A cyber incident could result in information theft, data corruption, operational disruption and/or financial loss.

We may face attempts by experienced hackers, cybercriminals or others with authorized access to our systems to misappropriate our proprietary information and technology, interrupt our business and/or gain unauthorized access to confidential information. We seek to maintain the security of computers, computer networks and data storage resources, as security breaches could negatively impact our business as our insurance coverage for cyberattacks may not be sufficient to cover all the losses we may experience as a result. As cyber incidents continue to evolve, we may be required to expend additional resources to continue to modify or enhance our protective measures.

A terrorist attack or armed conflict could harm our business.

The occurrence or threat of terrorist attacks in the United States or other countries, anti-terrorist efforts and other armed conflicts involving the United States or other countries, including continued hostilities in the Middle East, may adversely affect the United States and global economies and could prevent us from meeting our financial and other obligations. If any of these events occur, the resulting political instability and societal disruption could reduce overall demand for oil and natural gas, potentially putting downward pressure on demand for our steel products and causing a reduction in our revenues. Oil and natural gas related facilities, including our manufacturing facilities, could be direct targets of terrorist attacks, and our operations could be adversely impacted if infrastructure integral to our customers’ operations is destroyed or damaged. Costs for insurance and other security may increase as a result of these threats, and some insurance coverage may become more difficult to obtain, if available at all.

Tax authorities may question our transfer pricing mechanisms or intercompany transactions, which could increase our effective tax rate or otherwise harm our business.

As a U.S. company that does business with foreign affiliates, we are subject to transfer pricing and other tax regulations, including those relating to the flow of funds between us and our affiliates, which are designed to ensure that appropriate levels of income are reported in each jurisdiction in which we operate. These laws and regulations generally require that any international transaction involving associated enterprises be on substantially the same basis as a transaction between unrelated companies dealing at arm’s length and that contemporaneous documentation be maintained to support the transfer prices. We have transfer pricing arrangements with our affiliates in relation to various aspects of our business. If tax authorities successfully challenge our transfer pricing mechanisms or intercompany transactions, we may be required to pay additional taxes, interest and penalties and our operations may be negatively impacted, our effective tax rate may increase and our cash flows may be materially adversely affected depending on our operations and those of our affiliates at the time. In addition, if a successful challenge to our transfer pricing by a tax authority from one jurisdiction results in income being allocated away from another jurisdiction and such other jurisdiction does not agree with the reallocation, both jurisdictions could tax the same income, resulting in double taxation. If tax authorities were to allocate income to a higher tax jurisdiction, subject our income to double taxation, or assess interest and penalties, it would increase our consolidated tax liability, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. If tax authorities successfully challenged our current transfer pricing mechanisms or there was a change in law, we might need to change our approach to transfer pricing in order to maintain compliance under new or existing rules. Finally, we might not always be in compliance with all applicable tax laws, including transfer pricing laws, despite our efforts to be aware of and to comply with such laws. In such case, we may need to adjust our operating procedures and our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.

Our ability to use net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

As of December 31, 2017, we had $201.1 million of net operating loss carryforwards available to reduce future taxable income. U.S. federal and state income tax laws limit the amount of these carryforwards we can use in any given year to offset our taxable income following an “ownership change” (generally defined as a greater than 50% cumulative shift of the stock ownership of certain “5% stockholders” over a rolling three-year period), including ownership changes due to the issuance of additional shares of our common stock, or securities convertible into our common stock. Some of our existing carryforwards may be subject to limitations arising from previous ownership changes, and we may experience subsequent ownership changes (including in connection with this offering). Accordingly, there is a risk that our ability to use our existing carryforwards in the future could be limited and that existing carryforwards would be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities. Furthermore, our ability to use the net operating loss carryforwards of companies that we may acquire in the future may be subject to limitations. Limitations imposed on our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards could cause U.S. federal and state income taxes to be paid earlier than would be paid if such limitations were not in effect and could cause such net operating loss carryforwards to expire unused, in each case reducing or eliminating the benefit of such net operating loss carryforwards. Additionally, our existing net operating loss carryforwards could be limited by legislative or regulatory changes, such as suspensions on the use of net operating carryforwards. If any of these events occur, we may not derive some or all of the expected benefits from our net operating loss carryforwards, which could potentially result in increased future tax liability to us and could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition. Recently enacted tax reform legislation reduced the corporate income tax rate to 21%, from a prior rate of 35%. This may cause a reduction in the economic benefit of the net operating loss and other deferred tax assets available to the Company and a corresponding charge to reduce the book value of the deferred tax asset recorded on our balance sheet.

The recently passed comprehensive tax reform bill could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

On December 22, 2017, President Trump signed into law the budget reconciliation act commonly referred to as the “Tax Cuts and Jobs Act,” or the TCJA, that significantly changes the federal income taxation of business entities. The TCJA, among other things, reduces the corporate income tax rate to 21%, partially limits the deductibility of business interest expense and net operating losses, imposes a one-time tax on unrepatriated earnings from certain foreign subsidiaries, taxes offshore earnings at reduced rates regardless of whether they are repatriated and allows the immediate deduction of certain new investments instead of deductions for depreciation expense over time. We are still evaluating the impact of the TCJA to us. Notwithstanding the reduction in the corporate income tax rate, we cannot yet conclude that the overall impact of the TCJA to us is positive. The TCJA could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition, as well as the value of an investment in our common stock.

Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

PAO TMK, our largest stockholder, and its affiliates will control our company and your ability to influence corporate matters will be limited.

Upon completion of this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares), PAO TMK will own approximately % of our outstanding common stock. Consequently, PAO TMK will have control over all matters that require approval by our stockholders, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions. This concentration of ownership will limit your ability to influence corporate matters, and as a result, actions may be taken that you may not view as beneficial. For as long as PAO TMK continues to own a significant amount of our outstanding voting capital stock, even if such amount is less than 50%, it will continue to be able to strongly influence all matters requiring stockholder approval, regardless of whether or not other stockholders believe that a transaction is in their own best interest. Additionally, pursuant to the terms of a stockholders agreement that we will enter into upon the consummation of this offering, for so long as PAO TMK holds at least 50% of our outstanding common stock, PAO TMK will be

required to provide consent before we are permitted to enter into or agree to undertake any transaction that would constitute a change of control (as defined in the stockholders agreement), issue additional stock in the Company or any of our subsidiaries, other than in certain circumstances specified in the stockholders agreement, change the size of the board of directors, or the Board. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement.” Further, so long as PAO TMK continues to beneficially own at least 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock entitled to vote, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may be amended or repealed by the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock. Moreover, this concentration of stock ownership may also adversely affect the trading price of our common stock to the extent investors perceive a disadvantage in owning stock of a company with a controlling stockholder.

Certain of our directors and officers may have actual or potential conflicts of interest because of their positions with PAO TMK.

Following this offering, Andrei Zimin, Alexander Pumpyanskiy and Vladimir Shmatovich will serve on the Board and retain their positions as Chief Legal Counsel, Director and Vice President for Strategy and Business Development, respectively, of PAO TMK; also, Elena Verbinskaya will serve as our Vice President, Accounting Integration and Financial Reporting and retain her position as Chief Accounting Officer of PAO TMK. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not restrict other principals, officers, members, managers or employees of the TMK Group from serving as officers and directors of us in the future. Each of these directors and officers may own securities of PAO TMK and be eligible to receive performance-based awards and bonuses from PAO TMK, which may be significant for some of these persons. Their positions at PAO TMK, compensation by PAO TMK and the ownership of any PAO TMK equity or equity awards create, or may create the appearance of, conflicts of interest when these directors are faced with decisions that could have different implications for PAO TMK than the decisions have for us or our public stockholders. Pursuant to its charter, our Audit Committee must review and approve all material related party transactions. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Procedures for Review, Approval and Ratification of Related Person Transactions.”

We have engaged in transactions with our affiliates and expect to do so in the future. The terms of such transactions and the resolution of any conflicts that may arise may not always be in our or our stockholders’ best interests.

We have engaged in transactions and expect to continue to engage in transactions with affiliated companies, including purchasing pipe from PAO TMK. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.” Related party transactions can create the possibility of conflicts of interest with regard to our management. Such a conflict could cause an individual in our management to seek to advance his or her economic interests above ours. Further, the appearance of conflicts of interest created by related party transactions could impair the confidence of our investors. The Audit Committee reviews related party transactions in accordance with our related party transaction policy; however, review of related party transactions by our Audit Committee does not mean such transactions will have the expected benefits and, as such, could have an adverse impact on our financial condition or results of operations. For a discussion of potential conflicts, see “—Conflicts of interest could arise in the future between us, on the one hand, and the TMK Group, on the other hand, concerning among other things, potential competitive business activities or business opportunities, and the corporate opportunity provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation could enable the TMK Group to benefit from such opportunities that might otherwise be available to us.”

The requirements of being a public company, including compliance with the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the NYSE, may strain our resources, increase our costs and distract management.

As a public company, we will need to comply with new laws, regulations and requirements, certain corporate governance provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, related regulations of the SEC and the

requirements of the NYSE, with which we are not required to comply as a private company. Complying with these statutes, regulations and requirements will occupy a significant amount of time of the Board and management and will significantly increase our costs and expenses. We will need to:

•

institute a more comprehensive compliance function;

•

comply with rules promulgated by the SEC and NYSE;

•

prepare and distribute periodic public reports in compliance with our obligations under the federal securities laws;

•

establish new internal policies, such as those relating to insider trading; and involve and retain to a greater degree outside counsel, auditors, consultants and accountants in the above activities.

In addition, we expect that being a public company subject to these rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve on the Board or as executive officers. We are currently evaluating these rules, and we cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.

We are not currently required to make an assessment of our internal control over financial reporting.

We will be required to comply with certain provisions of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act as early as our fiscal year ending December 31, 2019. Section 404 requires that we document and test our internal control over financial reporting and issue management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting. This section also requires that our independent registered public accounting firm opine on those internal controls upon becoming an accelerated filer, as defined in the SEC rules, or otherwise ceasing to qualify as an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act. We are evaluating our existing controls against the standards adopted by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. During the course of our ongoing evaluation and integration of the internal control over financial reporting, we may identify areas requiring improvement, and we may have to design enhanced processes and controls to address issues identified through this review. For example, we anticipate the need to hire additional administrative and accounting personnel to conduct our financial reporting.

We cannot be certain at this time that we will be able to successfully complete the procedures, certification and attestation requirements of Section 404 or that we or our independent registered public accounting firm will not identify material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. In the period ended June 30, 2017, our management identified a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting as a result of an analytical review and analysis of our bill and hold inventory balance. This material weakness was remediated in 2017, but our remediation efforts may not enable us to remedy or avoid material weaknesses in the future. If we fail to comply with the requirements of Section 404 or if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identify and report such material weaknesses, the accuracy and timeliness of the filing of our annual and quarterly reports may be materially adversely affected, and investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the stock price of our common stock. In addition, a material weakness in the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting could result in an increased chance of fraud and the loss of customers, reduce our ability to obtain financing and require additional expenditures to comply with these requirements, each of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

There is no existing market for our common stock, and a trading market that will provide you with adequate liquidity may not develop. The price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. After this offering, there will be only publicly traded shares of common stock held by our public common stockholders ( shares of common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of common stock). PAO TMK will own shares of common stock, representing approximately % of outstanding shares of our common stock (or approximately % of outstanding shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of common stock). We do not know the extent to which investor interest will lead to the development of an active trading market or how liquid that market might become. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty reselling our common stock at or above the initial public offering price. Additionally, the lack of liquidity may result in wide bid-ask spreads, contribute to significant fluctuations in the market price of the common stock and limit the number of investors who are able to buy the common stock.

The initial public offering price for the common stock offered hereby will be determined by negotiations between us, the selling stockholder and the representatives of the underwriters, based on numerous factors which we discuss in “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest),” and may not be indicative of the market price of the common stock that will prevail in the trading market. Consequently, you may not be able to sell shares of our common stock at prices equal to or greater than the price paid by you in this offering.

The following is a non-exhaustive list of factors that could affect our stock price:

•

our operating and financial performance;

•

quarterly variations in the rate of growth of our financial indicators;

•

the public reaction to our press releases, our other public announcements and our filings with the SEC;

•

strategic actions by our competitors and customers;

•

our failure to meet revenue or earnings estimates by research analysts or other investors;

•

changes in revenue or earnings estimates, or changes in recommendations or withdrawal of research coverage, by equity research analysts;

•

speculation in the press or investment community;

•

the failure of research analysts to cover our common stock;

•

sales of our common stock by us, the selling stockholder or other stockholders, or the perception that such sales may occur;

•

changes in accounting principles, policies, guidance, interpretations or standards;

•

additions or departures of key management personnel and directors;

•

actions by our stockholders, including PAO TMK;

•

general market conditions, including fluctuations in commodity prices;

•

domestic and international economic, legal and regulatory factors unrelated to our performance; and

•

the realization of any risks described under this “Risk Factors” section.

The stock markets in general have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock. Securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in the overall market and in the market price of a company’s securities. Such litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs, divert our management’s attention and resources and harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as well as Delaware law, contain provisions that could discourage acquisition bids or merger proposals, which may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize the Board to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval. If the Board elects to issue preferred stock, it could be more difficult for a third party to acquire us. In addition, some provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of us, even if the change of control would be beneficial to our stockholders, including:

•

providing that directors may only be removed upon the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66²⁄₃% of the voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of voting stock of the Company with the power to vote at an election of directors;

•

providing that special meetings of our stockholders may only be called by the Board (except that PAO TMK may also call special meetings of our stockholders so long as PAO TMK beneficially owns at least 20% of the voting power of the outstanding shares of our stock);

•

establishing advance notice provisions and certain information requirements for stockholder proposals and nominations for elections to the Board to be acted upon at meetings of stockholders; and

•

providing that the Board is expressly authorized to adopt, or to alter or repeal our amended and restated bylaws.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research reports or publish unfavorable research about our business, the price and trading volume of our common stock could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of us the trading price for our common stock and other securities would be negatively affected. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our securities, the price of our securities would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases to cover us or fails to publish regular reports on us, interest in the purchase of our securities could decrease, which could cause the price of our common stock and other securities and their trading volume to decline.

Future sales of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could reduce our stock price, and any additional capital raised by us through the sale of equity or convertible securities may dilute your ownership in us.

We may sell additional shares of common stock in subsequent public offerings. We may also issue additional shares of common stock or convertible securities. After the completion of this offering, we will have

outstanding shares of common stock. Following the completion of this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, PAO TMK will own shares of our common stock, or approximately % of our total outstanding shares (or approximately % of our total outstanding shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of common stock), all of which may be sold into the market in the future after expiration of the lock-up agreements with the underwriters described in “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest).” See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

In connection with this offering, we intend to file a registration statement with the SEC on Form S-8 providing for the registration of shares of our common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plan. Subject to the satisfaction of vesting conditions, the expiration of lock-up agreements and the requirements of Rule 144, shares registered under the registration statement on Form S-8 will be available for resale immediately in the public market without restriction.

We cannot predict the size of future issuances of our common stock or securities convertible into common stock or the effect, if any, that future issuances and sales of shares of our common stock will have on the market price of our common stock. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock (including shares issued in connection with an acquisition), or the perception that such sales could occur, may adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock.

A significant reduction by PAO TMK of its ownership interest in us could adversely affect us.

Upon the expiration or earlier waiver of the lock-up restrictions on transfers or sales of our securities following the completion of this offering, PAO TMK will not be subject to any obligation to maintain its ownership interest in us and may elect at any time thereafter to sell all or a substantial portion of or otherwise reduce its ownership interest in us. In connection with the closing of this offering, we will enter into a registration rights agreement with PAO TMK covering all of its shares of our common stock, which will provide PAO TMK with certain “demand” and “piggyback” registration rights. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.” If PAO TMK sells all or a substantial portion of its ownership interest in us, it may have less incentive to assist in our success and its affiliate(s) that are expected to serve as members of the Board may resign. Such actions could adversely affect our ability to successfully implement our business strategies which could adversely affect our cash flows or results of operations.

Future offerings of debt securities and preferred stock, which would rank senior to our common stock upon liquidation, may adversely affect the market value and voting power of our common stock.

In the future, we may, from time to time, attempt to increase our capital resources by making offerings of debt or additional offerings of equity securities, including commercial paper, medium-term notes, senior or subordinated notes and classes of preferred stock. Upon liquidation, holders of our debt securities and preferred stock, if any, and lenders with respect to other borrowings will receive a distribution of our available assets prior to the holders of our common stock. Our preferred stock, which may be issued without stockholder approval, if issued, could have a preference on liquidating distributions or a preference on dividend payments that would limit amounts available for distribution to holders of our common stock. Further, the terms of one or more classes or series of preferred stock could adversely impact the voting power of our common stock. For example, we might grant holders of preferred stock the right to elect some number of our directors in all events or on the happening of specified events or the right to veto specified transactions. Because our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings. Thus, holders of our common stock bear the risk that our future offerings may reduce the market value or voting power of our common stock.

The underwriters of this offering may waive or release parties to the lock-up agreements entered into in connection with this offering, which could adversely affect the price of our common stock.

Prior to this offering, we, all of our directors and executive officers and the selling stockholder will enter into lock-up agreements with respect to their common stock, pursuant to which they are subject to certain resale restrictions for a period of 180 days following the effectiveness date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC may, at any time and without notice, release all or any portion of the common stock subject to the foregoing lock-up agreements. Please see “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)” for more information on these agreements. If the restrictions under the lock-up agreements are waived, then common stock will be available for sale into the public markets, which could cause the market price of our common stock to decline and impair our ability to raise capital.

We do not intend to declare dividends on shares of our common stock for the first quarter following this offering, and our revolving credit facility places certain restrictions on our ability to do so. Consequently, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment during this period and in any period in which we do not pay dividends is if the price of our common stock appreciates.

We do not intend to declare dividends on shares of our common stock for the first quarter following this offering. Additionally, our revolving credit facility places certain restrictions on our ability to pay cash dividends, and we may enter into new debt arrangements that also prohibit or restrict our ability to pay cash dividends. Subject to such restrictions, the Board will determine the amount and timing of stockholder dividends, if any, that we may pay in future periods. In making this determination, the Board will consider all relevant factors, including the amount of cash available for dividends, capital expenditures, covenant compliance under our revolving credit facility and PAO TMK’s debt agreements, prohibitions or limitations with respect to dividends, applicable law, general operational requirements and other variables. We currently expect that we will pay quarterly cash dividends on our common stock in an initial amount equal to $0.10 per share commencing in the fourth quarter of 2018. If we commence the payment of dividends during the fourth quarter of 2018, we may be unable to pay, maintain or increase dividends over time. Consequently, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment in us during at least the first quarter following this offering and in any period in which we do not pay dividends will be if you sell your common stock at a price greater than you paid for it. There is no guarantee that the price of our common stock that will prevail in the market will ever exceed the price that you pay in this offering. Therefore, you may not be able to realize any return on your investment in our common stock during at least the first quarter following this offering and in any period in which we do not pay dividends.

We expect to be a controlled company within the meaning of the NYSE rules and, as a result, will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.

Following the completion of this offering, PAO TMK will continue to control approximately % of the voting power of our common stock (or approximately % of the voting power if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of common stock). As a result, we expect to be a controlled company at the completion of this offering under the rules of the NYSE. A controlled company may elect not to comply with certain NYSE corporate governance standards, including the requirements that:

•

a majority of the Board consist of independent directors;

•

we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;

•

we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

•

the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees be conducted.

Following this offering, we intend to take advantage of all of these exemptions. See “Management—Board of Directors and Committees.” Accordingly, you will not have the same protections that these rules are intended to provide.

We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies, including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We intend to take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company, as described below. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

We may remain an emerging growth company for up to five years, although we will lose that status sooner if we have more than $1.07 billion of revenues in a fiscal year, have more than $700.0 million in market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates as of any June 30 or issue more than $1.07 billion of non-convertible debt over a rolling three-year period. We could lose emerging growth company status as early as the filing of our annual report on Form 10-K with respect to our fiscal year ending December 31, 2018.

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to take advantage of all of the applicable JOBS Act provisions, except for the exemption that allows emerging growth companies to extend the transition period for complying with new or revised financial accounting standards.

To the extent that we rely on any of the exemptions available to emerging growth companies, you will receive less information about our executive compensation and internal control over financial reporting than issuers that are not emerging growth companies. If some investors find our common stock to be less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, employees or agents.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, employees or stockholders to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each such case subject to such Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the

indispensable parties named as defendants therein. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of, and consented to, the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation described in the preceding sentence. This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers, employees or agents, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and such persons. Alternatively, if a court were to find these provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Investors in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution of $ per share.

Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), purchasers of our common stock in this offering will experience an immediate and substantial dilution of $ per share in the net tangible book value per share of common stock from the initial public offering price. This dilution is due in large part to earlier investors having paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares. See “Dilution.”

USE OF PROCEEDS

Our net proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock in this offering are estimated to be approximately $ million (or $ million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase an additional shares), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to repay a portion of the outstanding indebtedness under our revolving credit facility and retain the remainder of the net proceeds for general corporate purposes. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholder. We will pay all expenses related to this offering, other than underwriting discounts and commissions related to the shares sold by the selling stockholder.

As of May 16, 2018, we had $33.7 million of outstanding borrowings under our revolving credit facility. Our revolving credit facility matures on December 7, 2022 and borrowings thereunder bear interest at a rate of (i) JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.’s, or JPMCB, prime rate, which was 4.75% as of May 11, 2018 and may be adjusted by JPMCB from time to time, plus a margin ranging from 0.00% to 0.25%, and/or (ii) the one, two, three or six month LIBOR rate plus a margin ranging from 1.75% to 2.25%. The borrowings were incurred to repay $80.9 million of outstanding borrowings under the PAO TMK Term Loan. We expect to use the remainder of the borrowings for general corporate purposes.

A $1.00 change in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share would cause the net proceeds from this offering, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, received by us to change by approximately $ million, assuming no change to the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. If the proceeds increase for any reason, we would use the additional net proceeds for other general corporate purposes. If the proceeds decrease for any reason, then we expect that we would retain less net proceeds for general corporate purposes.

Affiliates of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated are lenders under our revolving credit facility. The net proceeds from this offering will be used to repay borrowings under our revolving credit facility. As a result, more than 5% of the net proceeds from this offering will be paid to affiliates of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated. Therefore, this offering is being made in compliance with FINRA Rule 5121. As a result of this conflict of interest, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC has agreed to act as the qualified independent underwriter with respect to this offering. See the section entitled “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest).”

STOCK SPLIT

We will effect an approximate for stock split immediately prior to and contingent upon the completion of this offering. Given that prior to this offering, PAO TMK is our sole stockholder, its ownership interest in us will not be affected by the Stock Split. Unless otherwise indicated, and other than the consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, the number of shares of our company presented in this prospectus is adjusted to reflect the Stock Split.

DIVIDEND POLICY

Subject to applicable law, we currently expect that we will pay quarterly cash dividends on our common stock in an initial amount equal to $0.10 per share commencing in the fourth quarter of 2018. Based on our historical and projected cash flow, including the expected net proceeds of this offering and funds expected to be available to us under our revolving credit facility, we believe that we have a reasonable basis for setting the initial quarterly dividend at $0.10 per share. However, there is no assurance that this initial dividend amount will be sustained or that we will continue to pay dividends in the future. Any declaration and payment of future dividends to holders of our common stock, including the amounts thereof, will be at the discretion of the Board and will depend on many factors, including the amount of cash available for dividends, capital expenditures, covenant compliance, prohibitions or limitations with respect to paying dividends, applicable law, general operational requirements and other variables. Our revolving credit facility places certain restrictions on our ability to pay cash dividends. Therefore, there can be no assurance that we will pay any dividends to holders of our common stock or as to the amount of any such dividends. In addition, our historical results of operations, including cash flow, are not indicative of future financial performance, and our actual results of operations could differ significantly from our historical results of operations. See “Risk Factors—We do not intend to declare dividends on shares of our common stock for at least the first quarter following this offering, and our revolving credit facility places certain restrictions on our ability to do so. Consequently, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment during this period and in any period in which we do not pay dividends is if the price of our common stock appreciates.” We have neither paid nor declared any dividends on our common stock during the three months ended March 31, 2018 or the year ended December 31, 2017.

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of March 31, 2018:

•

on a historical basis; and

•

on an as adjusted basis to reflect the entry into our revolving credit facility, the Stock Split, the sale of shares of our common stock by us and the selling stockholder in this offering at an assumed initial offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover this prospectus, and the application of the net proceeds from this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds.”

This table is derived from, should be read together with and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the historical consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes. You should also read this table in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”


	As of March 31, 2018
	Historical			As Adjusted
	(unaudited)
	(amounts in thousands, except per share data)
Cash and cash equivalents	$	816		$


Total debt:
Revolving Credit Facility⁽¹⁾		54,417
Other Interest-Bearing Loans and Borrowings⁽²⁾		536

Total debt		54,954


Stockholders’ equity:
Preferred stock ($0.01 par value; 30,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted)⁽³⁾		—			—
Common stock ($0.01 par value; 19,000 shares authorized, 17,180 shares issued and outstanding, actual historical; and 300,000,000 shares authorized, shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted)⁽³⁾		0.172
Additional paid-in capital		1,311,708
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(2,522	)
Retained deficit		(751,378	)

Total stockholders’ equity	$	557,808		$


Total Capitalization	$	612,761		$

(1)	Presented net of debt issuance costs. As of May 16, 2018, we had $33.7 million of outstanding borrowings under our revolving credit facility.

(2)	Represents outstanding borrowings under our $0.565 million term loan facility due January 31, 2021.

(3)	Historical share information does not give effect to the consummation of the Stock Split to be effected immediately prior to and contingent upon the closing of this offering. As adjusted share information gives effect to the consummation of the Stock Split.

DILUTION

Purchasers of our common stock in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value per share of our common stock for accounting purposes. Our net tangible book value as of March 31, 2018 after giving effect to the Stock Split was approximately $ million, or $ per share.

Pro forma net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our net tangible book value, or total tangible assets less total liabilities, by our shares of common stock that will be outstanding immediately prior to the closing of this offering after giving effect to the Stock Split. Assuming an initial public offering price of $ (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after giving effect to the sale of the shares in this offering and further assuming the receipt of the estimated net proceeds (after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us), our adjusted pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2018 would have been approximately $ million, or $ per share. This represents an immediate increase in the net tangible book value of $ per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution to new investors purchasing shares in this offering of $ per share, resulting from the difference between the offering price and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering. The following table illustrates the per share dilution to new investors purchasing shares in this offering:


Assumed initial public offering price per share		$

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2018 after giving effect to the Stock Split	$

Increase per share attributable to new investors in this offering
As adjusted pro forma net tangible book value per share (after giving effect to this offering)
Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering		$

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our as adjusted pro forma net tangible book value per share after the offering by $ million and increase (decrease) the dilution to new investors in this offering by $ per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The above discussion and table below are based on the number of shares outstanding as of the date of this prospectus and exclude an additional shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2018 Incentive Award Plan, or the 2018 Plan, as described in “Executive and Director Compensation—Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Additional Narrative Disclosure—Our Incentive Award Plan.”

The following table summarizes, on an adjusted pro forma basis as of March 31, 2018, the total number of shares of common stock owned by existing stockholders and to be owned by new investors, the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid by our existing stockholders and to be paid by new investors in this offering at $ , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, calculated before deduction of estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Shares Purchased

Total Consideration

Average
Price Per
Share

Number

Percent

Amount

Percent

Existing stockholders⁽¹⁾

New investors in this offering⁽²⁾

Total

(1)	The number of shares disclosed for the existing stockholders does not include the shares being sold by the selling stockholder in this offering.

(2)	The number of shares disclosed for the new investors includes the shares being purchased by the new investors from the selling stockholder in this offering.

If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, the number of shares held by new investors will increase to , or approximately % of our outstanding shares of common stock.

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table presents selected historical consolidated financial data of IPSCO Tubulars Inc. as of the dates and for each of the periods indicated. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 are derived from the audited historical consolidated financial statements of IPSCO Tubulars Inc. appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 are derived from the unaudited historical consolidated financial statements of IPSCO Tubulars Inc. appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Historical results for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 and the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for any future periods.

The selected historical consolidated data presented below should be read in conjunction with “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our historical consolidated financial statements and the related notes and other financial data of IPSCO Tubulars Inc. included elsewhere in this prospectus.


	For the Three Months Ended March 31,						For the Year Ended December 31,
	2018			2017			2017			2016
	(unaudited)
(amounts in thousands, except shares, per share amounts and percentages)
Statement of Operations Data:
Total revenue	$	324,326		$	182,157		$	1,052,657		$	470,319
Operating expenses:
Cost of sales		287,530			169,121			910,086			539,511
Selling and distribution expenses		3,787			6,078			18,219			30,552
General and administrative expenses		15,181			11,417			50,182			41,748
Research and development expense		2,086			2,390			10,217			9,092
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment		1,991			654			6,420			962

Income (loss) from operations	$	13,751		$	(7,502	)	$	57,533		$	(151,546	)

Other income (expense):
Finance expense, net		(1,077	)		(6,877	)		(12,128	)		(29,071	)
Foreign exchange gain (loss), net		184			9			(242	)		(38	)
Other income (expense), net		168			3,697			6,386			331

Total other expense		(724	)		(3,170	)		(5,984	)		(28,778	)

Income (loss) before taxes		13,027			(10,673	)		51,550			(180,324	)
Income tax (expense) benefit		315			(395	)		(2,380	)		2,864

Net income (loss)	$	13,342		$	(11,068	)	$	49,170		$	(177,459	)

Per share information⁽¹⁾:
Earnings (loss) per share:
Basic	$	777		$	(979	)	$	3,125		$	(17,570	)
Diluted	$	777		$	(979	)	$	3,125		$	(17,570	)
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
Basic		17,180			11,306			15,732			10,100
Diluted		17,180			11,306			15,732			10,100
Cash Flows Statement Data:
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	$	18,269		$	(33,179	)	$	12,271		$	(51,933	)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities	$	(6,791	)	$	(4,420	)	$	(4,064	)	$	(24,885	)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	$	(17,876	)	$	31,903		$	(22,575	)	$	98,094
Other Financial Data:
Adjusted EBITDA⁽²⁾	$	30,167		$	12,738		$	125,618		$	(78,579	)
Adjusted EBITDA Margin⁽²⁾		9.3	%		7.0	%		11.9	%		(16.7	)%
Balance Sheet Data (at period end):
Cash and cash equivalents	$	816		$	7,093		$	7,093		$	21,472
Total current assets (excluding cash and cash equivalents)		438,148			453,143			453,143			304,432
Property, plant and equipment, net		373,017			11,807			382,589			402,129
Other non-current assets		14,399			382,589			11,807			29,965

Total assets	$	826,379		$	854,634		$	854,634		$	757,998

Total current liabilities		194,483			230,256			230,256			289,710
Total noncurrent liabilities		74,089			92,371			92,371			285,832
Total stockholders’ equity		557,808			532,006			532,006			182,456

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	826,379		$	854,634		$	854,634		$	757,998

(1)	Historical per share information does not give effect to the consummation of the Stock Split to be effected immediately prior to and contingent upon the closing of this offering.

(2)

For the definition of the non-GAAP financial measures of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin and reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin to our most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP, please read “Summary—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our audited financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 and our unaudited financial statements for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business and related financing, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. You should read the “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” sections of this prospectus for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

Basis of Presentation

Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” to “IPSCO Tubulars Inc.,” “the Company,” “our company,” “we,” “our” and “us,” or like terms, refer to IPSCO Tubulars Inc. and its subsidiaries.

Overview

We are a leading, growth-oriented producer and supplier of seamless and welded OCTG with a proprietary suite of premium and semi-premium connections. As a vertically integrated producer of seamless pipe and an efficient operator of our steel pipe production, heat treating and threading facilities, we are able to efficiently meet customer demand and exercise control over our cost structure. The primary end market for our products is onshore E&P operators in the United States and Canada, who purchase our products directly from us or through our distributors. Our E&P end-users operate in geographic locations with environments that require casing and tubing materials capable of meeting exacting standards for temperature, pressure, corrosion, torque resistance and abrasion. Through our comprehensive and technologically advanced portfolio of OCTG, we are able to serve as a single-source supplier for our E&P end-users and respond to a rapidly increasing per-well demand for OCTG. Our OCTG are available with the end-user’s choice of our 28 market-leading proprietary connections as well as multiple connections that meet or exceed API standards. We also produce line pipe for the transport of crude oil, natural gas and natural gas liquids from producing fields to processing plants and refineries and for the transport of refined products, as well as standard, structural and industrial pipe for the agricultural, commercial construction and automotive industries.

Our Assets and Operations

drill for hydrocarbons in geologies that were previously inaccessible. We hold a number of mature patents, including patents relating to the thread designs and other aspects of our premium connections. We continue to grow our patent portfolio and have filed patent applications primarily relating to highly engineered features of our premium connections technology in more than 30 different patent jurisdictions. Through licensing agreements with affiliated companies in the TMK Group, we can provide additional technologies and products to our customers.

Overall Trends and Outlook

Demand for OCTG generally correlates with the prices of crude oil and natural gas and the number of active drilling rigs in the market. The oil and gas industry has traditionally been volatile and is influenced by a combination of long-term, short-term and cyclical trends, including domestic and international supply and demand for oil and gas, current and expected future prices for oil and gas and the perceived sustainability of those prices and capital investments of E&P operators toward their development and production of oil and gas reserves. The oil and gas industry is also impacted by general domestic and international economic conditions, political instability in oil producing countries, government regulations (both in the United States and internationally), levels of consumer demand, adverse weather conditions and other factors that are beyond manufacturers’ control. Declines, sustained weakness and volatility in commodity prices over the course of 2014 through 2016, and the consequent reduction in capital expenditures by E&P operators on drilling and production activity, adversely affected the demand for OCTG. However, average crude oil prices during 2017 and the three months ended March 31, 2018 were substantially higher relative to the low commodity prices experienced in the first quarter of 2016. As a result, drilling and completion activity increased, which resulted in improved operational and financial performance of oil and gas producers.

Capital spending on OCTG and line pipe used in oil and natural gas exploration, drilling and production activities is driven to a large degree by the prevailing prices for oil and natural gas and the perceived stability and sustainability of those prices. As the price of oil and natural gas declined substantially in 2014 through the first half of 2016, E&P operators reduced their capital expenditures on drilling and production activity, which in turn reduced demand for our OCTG and line pipe and adversely affected our results of operations. During this period, we faced significant pricing pressure on our products, and we, like many of our competitors, idled certain of our facilities and decreased the size of our workforce in response to the decreased demand and prices for our products.

WTI crude oil prices have more than doubled since their first quarter of 2016 lows, reaching a closing price of $70.69 per barrel on May 11, 2018. The price for natural gas has also increased, with a Henry Hub spot market price of $2.75 per MMBtu as of May 11, 2018. E&P operators in the United States have responded to the improvement in crude oil and natural gas prices by increasing drilling and completion activity levels and future capital spending levels. The land rig count in the United States increased 169% from a low of 380 rigs as of May 27, 2016 to 1,021 rigs as of May 11, 2018, according to Baker Hughes. As a result of this accelerated increase in activity, we have experienced increased demand for our products during this period. However, in the fourth quarter of 2017 and early 2018, we have experienced softening in pricing and demand for certain of our products as compared to the first nine months of 2017 driven by some end-users delaying their 2018 budgeting decisions for exploration, drilling and production activities and an increase in imported pipe.

On April 19, 2017, the U.S. Department of Commerce, or the DOC, initiated an investigation under Section 232 of the Trade Expansion Act of 1962, or Section 232, to determine the effects of steel imports on U.S. national security. On January 11, 2018, the DOC submitted its investigation report to President Trump. On March 1, 2018, the President announced his administration’s intention to impose a 25% tariff on imported steel and, on March 8, 2018, the President signed a presidential proclamation imposing a 25% tariff on imported steel products, including pipe and hot-rolled steel coil, which is the primary item that we import for use in the domestic production of our welded pipe, from all countries other than Canada and Mexico, effective on March 23, 2018. On March 22, 2018, the President issued presidential proclamations exempting certain countries, including Canada, Mexico and South Korea, from the 25% tariff until May 1, 2018, and indicated that

quotas on steel products from these countries may be imposed instead. On April 30, 2018, President Trump issued a subsequent presidential proclamation stating that (i) the United States and South Korea had agreed to a quota on steel items imported into the United States from South Korea; (ii) the United States had agreed in principle with Australia, Argentina and Brazil to alternative arrangements and that each of these countries would be exempted from tariffs while the arrangements are finalized; and (iii) the temporary tariff exemptions for Canada, the European Union and Mexico are extended to May 31, 2018. United States Customs and Border Protection has implemented absolute annual quotas on the imports of South Korean steel products, including pipe equivalent, equal to 70% of the average annual imports of those steel products during the years 2015 to 2017. This absolute annual quota on South Korean imports applies to the period from January 1, 2018 to December 31, 2018 and each subsequent calendar year. The absolute annual quota for South Korean OCTG imports is 460,867,818 kg, or 508 thousand tons. No further presidential proclamations have been issued with respect to the exempted countries other than South Korea.

While we expect that the tariffs and quotas implemented as a result of this Section 232 investigation will reduce the volume of steel pipe sold in the United States by foreign pipe producers, we do not expect domestic demand for steel pipe to decrease. We therefore expect that prices of steel pipe will increase as compared to prices prior to implementation of these tariffs and quotas.

The Section 232 investigation may also impact the costs of our raw materials. We expect that the costs of hot-rolled steel coil, which is the primary item that we import for use in the domestic production of our welded pipe, will increase as compared to costs prior to implementation of these tariffs and quotas. However, we do not expect the costs of domestically sourced steel scrap, which is the primary item that we purchase for use in the domestic production of our seamless pipe, to be significantly impacted by the remedies implemented as a result of the Section 232 investigation because the United States is a net exporter of steel scrap. Due to the uncertainty as to the scope, details and application of these tariffs and quotas, we are unable to determine the effects of these tariffs and quotas on our operations and results at this time.

Our imported products accounted for 13.0% and 14.7% of our revenue during the three months ended March 30, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, respectively. We cannot yet determine whether we will be able to continue to competitively price these imported products for sale to our customers while bearing the additional cost of any applicable tariff. The Secretary of Commerce is authorized to grant to organizations using steel articles in the United States exclusions from the tariffs upon request if the steel articles are determined not to be produced in the United States in a sufficient and reasonably available amount or of a satisfactory quality or based upon specific national security considerations. On April 18, 2018, we submitted petitions to the Bureau of Industry and Security, or the BIS, of the DOC seeking exclusions from the currently applicable 25% tariff of certain unfinished seamless pipe products that we import from the TMK Group and manufacture into OCTG for resale in the United States and Canada. We have not yet received any responses to our exclusions requests from the BIS. Until we have a better understanding of the pricing environment in the United States after all remedies have been imposed as a result of the Section 232 investigation and the exclusion requests that we have submitted for our imported products have been adjudicated by the BIS, we cannot determine what effects the tariffs or quotas imposed as a result of the Section 232 investigation will have on our import program. Moreover, the BIS may grant exclusions to our competitors that impact our sales of both domestically produced and imported steel pipe.

How We Generate Revenue

We generate revenue primarily by selling seamless and welded OCTG to distributors and end-users at prevailing market prices. We have long-term relationships with distributors serving E&P operators in the most active major oil and natural gas basins in the United States and Canada, and currently sell our OCTG through approximately 39 distributors. Most of our OCTG customers are not the ultimate end-users of our OCTG. Instead, overall market demand comes from the activity of E&P operators, who purchase the OCTG from the distributors. Our technical sales team works closely with the E&P operators to demonstrate the value proposition of our products in order to stimulate market demand from the end-users of our products.

We also generate revenue by selling seamless and welded line pipe at prevailing market prices to a combination of distributors and ultimate end-users of the line pipe, who are typically E&P or midstream companies. Additionally, we generate revenue by selling various industrial pipe and steel billets at prevailing market prices to distributors and end-users. In addition, we generate revenue through the ancillary services that we provide to our customers.

Most of our customer agreements represent framework agreements with non-exclusive distributors of our finished products. These agreements generally do not address product volumes or pricing, which are determined between the parties during the placement of the specific order. Substantially all of our revenues are generated through framework agreements and exchanged purchased orders and order acknowledgments without framework agreements.

Costs of Conducting our Business

The principal direct costs involved in operating our business are sourcing raw materials, purchasing imported pipe, direct labor costs, utility costs and freight costs for interplant transportation and imported products.

Sourcing Raw Materials. We require substantial quantities of raw materials to produce our products. The principal raw materials used in production processes include steel scrap and ferroalloys we use to produce the billets used for the production of seamless pipe and steel coils and plates for the production of welded pipe. Sourcing raw materials comprised approximately 48.5% and 47.2% of our total costs for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, respectively.

Purchasing Imported Pipe. We purchase seamless OCTG and line pipe in sizes we do not produce domestically from the TMK Group. Imported pipe is sometimes fully finished and ready for sale to our customers. We also import semi-finished green OCTG that we heat treat and thread at our facilities. Purchasing imported pipe comprised approximately 10.0% and 10.8% of our total costs incurred for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, respectively.

Direct Labor Costs. Payroll, payroll taxes and benefit expenses related to our hourly and salaried employees that are directly involved in the production of our products are included in our costs of sales. Direct labor costs represented approximately 14.9% and 15.2% of our total costs incurred for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, respectively.

Utility Costs. Our production facilities consume significant quantities of energy. In particular, producing seamless pipe requires the use of a significant amount of electricity to melt and shape the steel. Utility costs accounted for approximately 3.4% and 3.5% of our total costs incurred for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, respectively.

Freight Costs. We transport our steel billets and pipe between the facilities where we produce and finish our pipe. In connection with the transportation of these products, we pay freight costs to transport the products to and within the United States and Canada. Freight costs accounted for approximately 4.0% and 4.1% of our total costs incurred for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, respectively. We also purchase steel coil, scrap and other materials and import seamless OCTG and line pipe from our affiliated companies in the TMK Group. We recognize the cost of the inbound freight in the cost of raw materials and the imported pipe.

How We Evaluate Our Operations

Our management uses a variety of financial and operating metrics to evaluate and analyze the performance of our business, including sales volume, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin.

Sales Volume

Sales volume is the total volume of products, including the product mix between OCTG, line pipe and industrial materials, measured in tons over a particular time period, that we have sold to our customers. We view sales volume as an important measure of our ability to effectively utilize our assets. Higher sales volume improves profitability through the spreading of fixed costs over greater volumes.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin

We define Adjusted EBITDA as our net income, before finance costs and finance income, income tax expense and benefits, depreciation and amortization, foreign exchange gains and losses, impairment charges of non-current assets, gains and losses on disposal of property, plant and equipment, gains and losses on changes in fair value of financial instruments and other non-recurring or unusual items. Adjusted EBITDA Margin reflects our Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of our revenues. We use Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin as key metrics in evaluating the business’s performance and, in particular, the overall production and operating effectiveness and efficiency of our production facilities.

Note Regarding Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are not financial measures presented in accordance with GAAP. We believe that the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin will provide useful information to investors in assessing our financial condition and results of operations. Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin should not be considered as alternatives to net income, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure. Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin have important limitations as an analytical tool because they exclude some but not all items that affect the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure. You should not consider Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin in isolation or as a substitute for an analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Because Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin may be defined differently by other companies in our industry, our definitions of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies, thereby diminishing their utility. Please read “Summary—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

Factors Affecting the Comparability of Our Financial Results

Our future results of operations may not be comparable to our historical results of operations for the reasons described below:

In response to the downturn in oil and natural gas prices and demand for our products, we idled several of our production facilities starting in 2015 and continuing into 2016. We have resumed operations at all of the previously idled facilities, but we did not re-commence operations at many of the facilities until June 2017. As a result, sales volumes, revenues, and operating costs in the second half of 2017 were higher than in our results of operations for 2015 and 2016.

The Company adopted ASC 606 effective January 1, 2018, using the modified retrospective method. The amounts reported in the consolidated statement of operations for the three months ending March 31, 2018 and the consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2018 reflect this adoption. According to the modified retrospective method, all financial information before January 1, 2018 was not restated. Please see Note 3 to our unaudited consolidated financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 for more information regarding our adoption of ASC 606.

We will incur additional operating expenses as a publicly traded corporation that we have not previously incurred, including costs associated with compliance under the Exchange Act, the listing standards of the NYSE and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, annual and quarterly reports to stockholders, registrar and transfer agent fees, audit fees, incremental director and officer liability insurance costs and director and officer compensation.

Results of Operations

The following historical consolidated statement of income data for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 and the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 has been derived from our unaudited historical consolidated financial statements and our audited historical consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus.


	For the Three Months Ended March 31,						For the Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands, except percentages)	2018			2017			2017			2016
	(unaudited)
Total revenue	$	324,326		$	182,157		$	1,052,657		$	470,319
Cost of sales		287,530			169,121			910,086			539,511

Gross profit (loss)		36,796			13,036			142,571			(69,192	)
Sales, general and administrative expense		(18,968	)		(17,495	)		(68,401	)		(72,300	)
Research and development expense		(2,086	)		(2,389	)		(10,217	)		(9,092	)
Loss on disposal of property and equipment		(1,991	)		(654	)		(6,420	)		(962	)
Other income (expense), net		168			3,697			6,386			331
Foreign exchange gain (loss), net		184			9			(242	)		(38	)
Finance expense, net		(1,077	)		(6.877	)		(12,128	)		(29,071	)
Income tax (expense) benefit		315			(395	)		(2,380	)		2,864

Net income (loss)		13,342			(11,068	)		49,170			(177,459	)
Adjusted EBITDA⁽¹⁾		30,167			12,738			125,618			(78,579	)
Adjusted EBITDA Margin⁽¹⁾		9.3	%		7.0	%		11.9	%		(16.7	)%

(1)

For definitions of the non-GAAP financial measures of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin and reconciliations from our most directly comparable financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP, please read “Summary—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

Three Months Ended March 31, 2018 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2017

Revenue. Revenue increased by $142.1 million, or 78.0%, to $324.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018 from $182.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017. 31.5% and 7.1% of the increase, or $44.8 million and $10.1 million, was attributable to an increase in the average prices of OCTG and line pipe, respectively, while 38.2% and 17.4% of the increase, or $54.2 million and $24.7 million, was attributable to an increase in OCTG and line pipe sales volumes, respectively. Both of the increases in sales volume and prices were driven by an increase in demand for OCTG and line pipe as a result of E&P operators increasing their capital expenditures on drilling and production activity following a recovery in oil and natural gas prices. Increased consumption of OCTG and line pipe products is a result of increased drilling activity and longer lateral lengths used in the exploration and production of oil by E&P operators. The remaining 6.0% increase for the three months ended March 31, 2018, or $8.6 million, was driven by increases in sales pricing and increases in sales volumes for industrial pipe.

Cost of Sales. Cost of sales increased by $118.4 million, or 70.0%, to $287.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018 from $169.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017. Higher sales volumes of OCTG, line pipe and industrial pipe increased cost of sales by $53.0 million, $22.6 million, and $8.3 million respectively, while an increase in production costs as a result of higher purchase prices for steel coil and pipe imported from our affiliated companies in the TMK Group increased cost of sales by $24.5 million, $6.3 million and $3.7 million for OCTG, line pipe and industrial pipe, respectively.

Gross profit. Gross profit increased by $23.8 million to $36.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018 from $13.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017. The increase in gross profit was

primarily attributable to higher pricing of our products, offset by increases in raw materials and import pipe purchase prices. Higher prices for OCTG and line pipe increased our gross profit by $44.8 million and $10.1 million, respectively. The increase in sales volumes of OCTG and line pipe provided a $1.2 million and $2.1 million improvement in gross profit, respectively.

Gross profit as a percentage of revenue. Gross profit as a percentage of revenue increased to 11.3% for the three months ended March 31, 2018 from 7.2% for the three months ended March 31, 2017. The increase in gross profit as a percentage of revenue was primarily attributable to improved prices.

Sales, general, and administrative expense. Sales, general and administrative expense, or SG&A, increased by $1.5 million, or 9.1%, to $19.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018 from $17.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017. The increase was primarily attributable to increases in wages and compensation to $11.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018 from $7.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and an increase in freight expenses to $1.3 million during the three months ended March 31, 2018 as compared to an expense of $0.1 million during the three months ended March 31, 2017, offset by a decrease in amortization of intangible assets of $3.8 million during the three months ended March 31, 2018. SG&A expense as a percentage of total revenues decreased to 5.8% for the three months ended March 31, 2018 from 9.6% for the three months ended March 31, 2017.

Research and development expense. Research and development expense decreased $0.3 million, or 12.7%, to $2.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018 from $2.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017.

Loss on disposal of property and equipment. Loss on disposal of property and equipment increased by $1.3 million to $2.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018 from $0.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017 as a result of the increase in replacement of long lived components of the equipment we perform simultaneously with the increased volumes of the repair and maintenance procedures for our equipment due to the increased level of our production.

Other income, net of expense. Other income, net of expense decreased by $3.6 million to $0.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018 from $3.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017 primarily as a result of income received from the settlement of a dispute with an equipment supplier in the three months ended March 31, 2017.

Foreign exchange gain, net. Foreign exchange gain was not material during the three months ended March 31, 2018 and three months ended March 31, 2017 primarily because our Canadian and other foreign sales volume were not a significant portion of our overall sales volume.

Finance expense, net. Finance expense decreased by $5.8 million, or 84.3%, to $1.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018 from $6.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017 as a result of a reduction in outstanding debt and a lower interest rate on our revolving facility.

Income tax benefit (expense). Income tax expense decreased $0.7 million, to a $0.3 million tax benefit for the three months ended March 31, 2018 from a $0.4 million tax expense for the three months ended March 31, 2017. The effective tax rate increased from negative 3.6% to negative 2.4% over the same period. The effective tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2018 was lower than the statutory rate as the result of the change in valuation allowance on net deferred tax asset for losses.

Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA increased by $17.4 million to $30.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018 from $12.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017. The increase was primarily attributable to increased sales volumes and increased prices.

Year Ended December 31, 2017 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2016

Revenue. Revenue increased by $582.4 million, or 123.8%, to $1,052.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 from $470.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. 20.7% and 5.9% of the increase, or $120.8 million and $34.4 million, was attributable to an increase in the average prices of OCTG and line pipe, respectively, while 59.6% and 11.8% of the increase, or $346.9 million and $68.9 million, was attributable to an increase in OCTG and line pipe sales volumes, respectively. Both of the increases in sales volume and prices were driven by an increase in demand for OCTG and line pipe as a result of E&P operators increasing their capital expenditures on drilling and production activity following a recovery in oil and natural gas prices. Increased consumption of OCTG and line pipe products is a result of increased drilling activity and longer lateral lengths used in the exploration and production of oil by E&P operators. The remaining 1.9% increase for the year ended December 31, 2017, or $11.3 million, was driven by increases in sales pricing and increases in sales volumes for industrial pipe.

Cost of Sales. Cost of sales increased by $370.6 million, or 68.7%, to $910.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 from $539.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Higher sales volume of OCTG and line pipe increased cost of sales by $377.5 million and $95.9 million, respectively, while a decrease in production costs per ton as a result of higher fixed cost absorption and lower purchase prices for steel coil and pipe imported from our affiliated companies in the TMK Group decreased cost of sales by $28.5 million for OCTG, $22.9 million for line pipe and $8.0 million for industrial pipe. The remaining $43.4 million decrease during the year ended December 31, 2017 was primarily due to sales of inventory, for which the net realizable value allowance had been previously recognized, resulting in a decrease in cost of sales during the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to expenses related to that net realizable value allowance during the year ended December 31, 2016.

The cost of OCTG and line pipe inventory as of December 31, 2016 was higher than the market value of the pipe at that time, as the cost of production reflected historical costs incurred and high fixed cost absorption. The cost of production of the inventory as of December 31, 2017 was lower, while the market sales prices increased as the result of increasing demand. Beginning in September 2015, in response to the downturn in oil and natural gas prices and demand for our products, we idled several of our production facilities starting. As of December 31, 2017, we have restarted all of our idled facilities.

Gross profit. Gross profit increased by $211.8 million to $142.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 from a loss of $69.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase in gross profit was primarily attributable to improved pricing of our products, an increase in production and the impact from the net realizable value allowance accrued in prior periods. Higher prices for OCTG, line pipe and industrial pipes increased our gross profit by $120.8 million, $34.4 million and $8.8 million, respectively. The increase in production volumes provided $8.8 million improvement in gross profit. The impact from the net realizable valuation allowance increased our gross profit by $38.9 million.

Gross profit as a percentage of revenue. Gross profit as a percentage of revenue increased to 13.5% for the year ended December 31, 2017 from (14.7)% for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase in gross profit as a percentage of revenue was primarily attributable to improved prices, lower costs of production, lower purchase prices for imported pipe, and the impact from the net realizable value allowance.

Sales, general and administrative expense. SG&A decreased by $3.9 million, or 5.39%, to $68.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 from $72.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The decrease was primarily attributable to decreases in amortization expense of our customer relationships to $8.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 from $21.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 and a decrease in our bad debt provision to $0.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to an expense of $2.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2016, offset by an increase in wages and compensation of $8.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2017. SG&A expense as a percentage of total revenues decreased to 6.5% for the year ended December 31, 2017 from 15.4% for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Research and Development expense. Research and development expense increased $1.1 million, or 12.1%, to $10.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 from $9.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Loss on disposal of property and equipment. Loss on disposal of property and equipment increased by $5.4 million to $6.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 from $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 as a result of the increase in replacement of long lived components of the equipment we perform simultaneously with the increased volumes of the repair and maintenance procedures for our equipment due to the increased level of our production.

Other income, net of expense. Other income, net of expense increased $6.1 million to $6.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 from $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 primarily as a result of income received from the settlement of a dispute with an equipment supplier.

Foreign exchange loss, net. Foreign exchange losses were not material during the year ended December 31, 2017 and year ended December 31, 2016 primarily because our Canadian and other foreign sales volume were not a significant portion of our overall sales volume.

Finance Expense, net. Finance expense decreased $17.0 million, or 58.4%, to $12.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 from $29.1 million as a result of the repayment of $390.3 million in outstanding borrowings from PAO TMK and its subsidiary.

Income Tax Expense/Benefit. Income tax expense increased $5.3 million, or 182.8%, to $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 from a $2.9 million tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2016. The effective tax rate increased from 1.6% to 4.6% over the same period. Our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2017 was significantly lower than the statutory rate as the result of the decrease of the valuation allowance recognized as of December 31, 2016. During the year ended December 31, 2016, we continued to establish valuation allowance on net deferred tax assets, which resulted in a lower effective tax rate than the statutory rate.

Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA increased by $204.2 million to $125.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 from ($78.6) million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase in was primarily attributable to increased sales volume, increased prices and improved fixed cost absorption.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

During 2017 and the three months ended March 31, 2018, our primary sources of liquidity were cash flows from our operations, existing cash balances and intercompany borrowings from our affiliated companies in the TMK Group. Our cash and cash equivalents were $0.8 million and $7.1 million as of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. In March 2017, we received a capital contribution from PAO TMK, our principal stockholder, and used it to partially repay intercompany debt owed to PAO TMK and its subsidiary. Our primary uses of capital have been investing in and maintaining our property and equipment and repaying indebtedness.

We expect that our primary sources of liquidity and capital resources after the consummation of this offering will be cash flows from our operations and borrowings under our revolving credit facility, which we entered into in December 2017. For a description of our revolving credit facility, please see “—Debt Arrangements—Our Revolving Credit Facility.” We expect that these sources of liquidity and capital resources will be sufficient to meet our liquidity needs for the next twelve months and that our primary uses of such capital will be to continue to fund our operations, support organic growth opportunities and satisfy future debt payments for the next twelve months.

We are indirectly subject to certain restrictions under PAO TMK’s debt agreements and public bonds. The covenants included in each of the debt instruments impose restrictions on, among other things, the ability of PAO TMK and its subsidiaries (including us) to incur debt unless PAO TMK satisfies various consolidated leverage ratio tests prior to incurring additional debt. We are included in the group of subsidiaries to which the covenants apply for purposes of determining PAO TMK’s compliance under the debt agreements and public bonds. Debt financing, however, that would otherwise be available to us may be diverted to PAO TMK and its other subsidiaries. PAO TMK, without our consent, may also enter into other agreements, or amend existing agreements, in the future that may further restrict it and its subsidiaries (including us) adversely affecting our liquidity and ability to finance our operations, capital plan and future business opportunities. Additionally, although PAO TMK’s outstanding notes contain permitted indebtedness baskets that may permit us to incur up to $200 million of debt, other restrictions contained in PAO TMK’s credit facilities may cause us to limit our borrowings to a lesser amount. Please read “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and the Pipe Industry—Certain of PAO TMK’s debt agreements contain restrictive covenants that may limit our ability to incur debt and to engage in various activities” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Related Party Transactions—Term Loan Facilities and Guarantees.” We do not believe these restrictions on debt incurrence will impact our ability to operate our business or fund our planned growth projects.

There can be no assurance that our operations and other capital resources will provide cash in sufficient amounts to maintain planned or future levels of capital expenditures. Furthermore, certain covenants in PAO TMK’s debt agreements impose restrictions on our ability to exceed annual capital expenditure thresholds, and we may be unable to get a waiver of these restrictions even if we request one and even if such waiver is to allow for committed capital expenditures. Future cash flows are subject to a number of variables, and are highly dependent on the level of drilling, completion, and production activity by our E&P end-users, which in turn is highly dependent on oil and gas prices. Depending upon market conditions and other factors, we may issue equity and debt securities or take other actions necessary to fund our business or meet our other obligations. We do not intend to borrow from or guarantee debt of PAO TMK or its affiliates in the future.

Cash Flows

The following table sets forth our cash flows for the periods indicated:


	Three Months Ended March 31,						Years Ended December 31,
	2018			2017			2017			2016
	(unaudited)						(in thousands)
Net cash provided by (used in)
Operating activities	$	18,269		$	(33,179	)	$	12,271		$	(51,933	)
Investing activities		(6,791	)		(4,420	)		(4,064	)		(24,885	)
Financing activities		(17,876	)		31,903			(22,575	)		98,094

Three Months Ended March 31, 2018 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2017

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Operating Activities. Net cash provided by operating activities was $18.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018. Net cash used by operating activities was $33.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017. Operating earnings after giving effect to the recognition of non-cash items was $16.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018 as compared to a loss of $0.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017. To support the increase in sales volume, cash provided by working capital was $1.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018 as compared to $32.7 million used in working capital for the three months ended March 31, 2017.

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities. Net cash used in investing activities increased by $2.4 million to $6.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018 from $4.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017. Capital expenditures increased by $5.6 million to $9.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018 from $4.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017.

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities. Net cash used in financing activities was $17.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018. Net cash provided by financing activities was $31.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017. The change in net cash is primarily attributable to our debt repayments, net of new borrowings, which totaled $16.9 million during three months ended March 31, 2018. During the three months ended March 31, 2017, our cash flow provided by financing activities was driven by the offset of the $300 million proceeds received from PAO TMK’s capital contribution to us in March 2017 by the repayment of the principal and interest amount of our intercompany borrowings from PAO TMK and its subsidiary of $310.4 million.

Year Ended December 31, 2017 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2016

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Operating Activities. Net cash provided by operating activities was $12.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. Net cash used by operating activities was $51.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Operating earnings after giving effect to the recognition of non-cash items generated $96.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to a loss of $94.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. To support the increase in sales volume, cash used in working capital was $84.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to $42.3 million provided by working capital for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities. Net cash used in investing activities decreased by $20.8 million to $4.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 from $24.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Capital expenditures increased $8.9 million to $20.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 from $11.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. In August 2016, we issued a line of credit for working capital and general corporate purpose to OFS International LLC, or OFS International. On September 22, 2017 OFS International repaid the outstanding principal amount of $14.0 million.

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities. Net cash used in financing activities was $22.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. Net cash provided by financing activities was $98.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The change in net cash is primarily attributable to the offset of the $300 million proceeds received from PAO TMK’s capital contribution to us in March 2017 by the repayment of the principal and interest amount of our intercompany borrowings from PAO TMK and its subsidiary of $310.4 million. For the year ended December 31, 2016, we received $180.4 million from PAO TMK in several tranches and used these proceeds to partially repay borrowings under our former credit facility and to finance our operations. In December 2017, we made an initial draw of $82.1 million under our revolving credit facility and used such borrowings to repay all of the $80.9 million of outstanding borrowings under the PAO TMK Term Loan.

Working Capital

Working capital is the amount by which current assets exceed current liabilities and is a measure of our ability to pay our liabilities as they become due. Our working capital was $244.5 million, $230.0 million and $36.2 million as of March 31, 2018, December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.


(in thousands)	March 31, 2018		December 31, 2017		December 31, 2016
	(unaudited)
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	816	$	7,093	$	21,472
Trade accounts receivable, net		116,736		84,128		37,977
Related party receivables		11,583		16,094		43,875
Related party loans including interest receivable		—		—		15,278
Inventories, net		289,832		333,138		192,858
Income tax receivable		10,268		10,433		10,054
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		9,729		9,350		4,390
Total current assets	$	438,964	$	460,237	$	325,904
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	$	153,095	$	160,948	$	82,079
Related party payables		39,629		35,516		51,395
Deferred revenue		—		32,520		12,798
Current portion of interest bearing loans, net of unamortized debt issue costs		331		231		1,668
Current portion of related party long-term debt		—		—		141,770
Income Tax Payable		1,428		1,042		—
Total current liabilities:	$	194,483	$	230,256	$	289,710
Total working capital	$	244,481	$	229,981	$	36,194

Working capital increased to $244.5 million at March 31, 2018 from $230.0 million at December 31, 2017. The increase was primarily attributable to the effect of the ASC 606 adoption. Please see Note 3 to our unaudited consolidated financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 for more information regarding our adoption of ASC 606.

Working capital increased to $230.0 million at December 31, 2017 from $36.2 million at December 31, 2016. The increase was primarily attributable to a decrease of $141.8 million in the current portion of the intercompany long-term debt as a result of the repayment of outstanding borrowings using the proceeds of PAO TMK’s capital contribution to us in March 2017, a $140.3 million increase in inventory and a $46.2 million increase in accounts receivable. These increases in working capital were partially offset by a $78.9 million increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities.

Debt Arrangements

In January 2009, we entered into a 30-month $300.0 million unsecured term loan with PAO TMK, or the PAO TMK Term Loan. The term loan was subsequently amended to revise the payment schedule and interest rate and to extend the term of loan to a maturity date of June 23, 2023. The loan provisions contained no covenants and permitted early repayments though there was no right for the lender to require such early payments. In March 2017, we made a partial repayment of $158.9 million using the proceeds from issuing our shares. At March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, borrowings outstanding on this term loan amounted to $0 and $0, respectively, and accrued interest amounted to $0 and $0, respectively. In December 2017, we repaid all of the $80.9 million of outstanding borrowings under the PAO TMK Term Loan with borrowings under our revolving credit facility. Following this repayment, the PAO TMK Term Loan was terminated. For a description of our revolving credit facility, see “—Our Revolving Credit Facility.”

In April 2013, we entered into a series of loan agreements with General Electric Capital Corporation, or GE Capital, to finance the acquisition of certain equipment. Borrowings matured on May 1, 2018 and bore an interest rate of 4.99%, with principal and loan payments due monthly as defined within the agreements. All amounts due under the loan agreements were secured by the underlying equipment. These loans were subsequently sold by GE Capital to Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. The principal loan balance outstanding under these loans, or the Wells Fargo Loans, as of December 31, 2017 amounted to $0. In December 2017, we repaid all of the $0.7 million of outstanding borrowings under the Wells Fargo Loans.

In January 2018, we entered into a term loan agreement with People’s Capital and Leasing Corp. Borrowings mature on January 31, 2021 and bear an interest rate of 5.58%. As of March 31, 2018, our outstanding borrowings under this agreement were approximately $0.5 million.

Our Revolving Credit Facility

In December 2017, we entered into a $125 million senior secured revolving credit facility with certain lenders and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., or JPMCB, as administrative agent. Obligations under our revolving credit facility are guaranteed by certain of our subsidiaries, which we refer to as the guarantor subsidiaries, and are secured by substantially all personal property assets of us and of such guarantor subsidiaries, pursuant to various security agreements, and a pledge of 100% of the equity interests of each of our domestic subsidiaries.

In December 2017, we made an initial draw of $82.1 million under our revolving credit facility and used such borrowings to repay all of the $80.9 million of outstanding borrowings under the PAO TMK Term Loan. Borrowings under our revolving credit facility may also be used by us to pay fees and expenses related to our revolving credit facility and for general corporate purposes. During 2018, we have repaid, on a net basis, $39.4 million of outstanding borrowings under our revolving credit facility, and as of May 16, 2018, we had $33.7 million of outstanding borrowings under our revolving credit facility.

The unused portion of our revolving credit facility is subject to a commitment fee ranging from 0.25% to 0.375% per annum. Interest on outstanding indebtedness under our revolving credit facility accrues at:

•

(i) JPMCB’s prime rate, which was 4.75% as of May 11, 2018 and may be adjusted by JPMCB from time to time, plus a margin ranging from 0.00% to 0.25%; and/or

•

(ii) the one, two, three or six month LIBOR rate plus a margin ranging from 1.75% to 2.25%.

Our revolving credit facility matures on the fifth anniversary of its closing and requires compliance with conditions precedent that must be satisfied prior to any borrowing as well as ongoing compliance with certain affirmative and negative covenants, including certain financial covenants.

Affirmative covenants include, among others, requirements relating to: (i) the preservation of existence; (ii) the payment of obligations, including taxes; (iii) the maintenance of properties and equipment, insurance and

books and records; (iv) the compliance with laws and material contracts; (v) use of proceeds; (vi) maintain insurance and providing notice of any casualty and ensure collection of insurance proceeds; (vii) notice of certain material events, and (viii) certain periodic reporting requirements.

Negative covenants include, among others, restrictions on our and our guarantor subsidiaries’ ability to, subject in each case to certain exceptions and baskets: (i) create, incur, assume or suffer to exist indebtedness or guarantee indebtedness; (ii) create or permit to exist liens on their properties; (iii) merge with or into another person, liquidate or dissolve; (iv) make investments and loans; (v) sell, transfer, convey, assign or dispose of our assets or properties other than in the ordinary course of business and other select instances; (vi) enter into transactions with affiliates and (vii) amend organizational documents or any documentation governing certain material debt or subordinated debt. In addition, we are obligated to maintain at the end of each month for the twelve-month period then ending, a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.10 to 1.0 at any time that our borrowing availability is less than the greater of (i) $25,000,000 or (ii) 20% of the lesser of (A) the applicable borrowing base at such time, or (B) $125,000,000.

Our revolving credit facility also contains events of default, including, but not limited to, cross- default to certain other debt, breaches of representations and warranties, change of control events and breaches of covenants. Please read “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and the Pipe Industry—Restrictions in our revolving credit facility and any future financing agreements may limit our ability to finance future operations or capital needs or capitalize on potential acquisitions and other business opportunities.”

Off-Balance-Sheet Arrangements

We had no off-balance sheet arrangements as of March 31, 2018.

Capital Requirements

Capital expenditures were $9.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and $20.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The majority of these expenditures was directed towards maintenance of equipment with a useful life in excess of one year and towards our organic expansion program, including the deployment of equipment.

Customer Concentration

For the three months ended March 31, 2018, our five largest customers by sales revenues were B&L Pipeco Services, Inc., CTAP LLC, MRC Global Inc., Pyramid Tubular Products L.P. and Sooner Pipe LLC, which, in the aggregate, accounted for 68% of our total pipe sales. In addition, three of our customers, B&L Pipeco Services, Inc., CTAP LLC and Sooner Pipe LLC, each accounted for more than 10% of our revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2018.

Contractual Obligations

The following table presents our contractual obligations and other commitments as of December 31, 2017.


	Total		Less than 1 year		1-3 years		3-5 years		More than 5 years
Total Long-Term Debt⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾	$	73,068,683	$	0	$	0	$	73,068,683	$	0
Interest on Long-Term Debt⁽²⁾⁽³⁾	$	16,680,270	$	3,239,636	$	6,585,190	$	6,855,444	$	0
Operating Leases	$	17,688,112	$	3,279,465	$	6,029,117	$	5,253,326	$	3,126,204
Capital Leases	$	12,280,331	$	4,294,937	$	7,922,826	$	62,568	$	0

Total Contractual Obligations	$	119,717,396	$	10,814,038	$	20,537,133	$	85,240,021	$	3,126,204

⁽¹⁾	Excludes interest payments on the long-term debt obligation.

⁽²⁾	Does not reflect the net repayment of $39.4 million of outstanding borrowings under our revolving credit facility during the period from January 1, 2018 to May 16, 2018.

⁽³⁾	Interest is calculated based on the rate as of December 31, 2017.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure of Market Risks

Market risk is the risk of loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices. Historically, our risks have been predominantly related to potential changes in the fair value of our long-term debt due to fluctuations in applicable market interest rates. Going forward our market risk exposure generally will be limited to those risks that arise in the normal course of business, as we do not engage in speculative, non-operating transactions, nor do we utilize financial instruments or derivative instruments for trading purposes.

Commodity Price Risk

Our revenue is exposed to the market risk of price fluctuations related to the sale of our steel pipe. Prices for the steel pipe that we sell are generally determined by market forces. These prices may be influenced by factors such as supply and demand, production costs (including the costs of our raw materials) and global and U.S. economic growth. Adverse changes in any of these factors may reduce the revenue that we receive from the sale of our steel pipe. Our costs are also exposed to fluctuations in prices for the purchase, processing and production of metal scrap, steel billets and other raw material inputs. Historically, we have generally been able to pass along price increases to our customers; however, we may be unable to do so in the future. We do not engage in commodity price hedging activities.

Interest Rate Risk

We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes.

Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk are trade receivables. We extend credit to customers and other parties in the normal course of business. We have established various procedures to manage our credit exposure, including credit evaluations and maintaining an allowance for doubtful accounts.

Internal Controls and Procedures

We are not currently required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, and are therefore not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that purpose. Upon becoming a public company, we will be required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which will require our management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports and provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. We will not be required to make our first assessment of our internal control over financial reporting until the year of our second annual report required to be filed with the SEC. To comply with the requirements of being a public company, we may need to implement additional financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures and hire additional accounting, finance and legal staff.

Further, our independent registered public accounting firm is not yet required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, and will not be required to do so for as long as we are an “emerging growth company” pursuant to the provisions of the JOBS Act. Please read “Summary—Our Emerging Growth Company Status.”

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Please read Note 2 to our unaudited consolidated financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for a full description of recent accounting pronouncements, including the expected dates of adoption and the estimated effects on our results of operations and financial condition, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Emerging Growth Company

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” pursuant to the provisions of the JOBS Act, enacted on April 5, 2012. Section 102 of the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. However, we are choosing to “opt out” of such extended transition period, and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Our election to “opt-out” of the extended transition period is irrevocable.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally acceptable in the United States of America. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the financial statements and the reported revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. We evaluate these estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis and base our estimates on historical experience, current conditions and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. The results of these estimates form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities as well as identifying and assessing the accounting treatment with respect to commitments and contingencies. Our actual results may materially differ from these estimates.

Listed below are the accounting policies that we believe are critical to our financial statements due to the degree of uncertainty regarding the estimates or assumptions involved, and that we believe are critical to the understanding of our operations.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Our property, plant, and equipment are stated at historical cost, net of accumulated depreciation and impairment, if any. Costs incurred to replace a component of an item of property, plant, and equipment that is recognized separately are capitalized. Subsequent costs are capitalized only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will be realized and the costs can be measured reliably. All other repair and maintenance costs are recognized in the profit or loss as an expense when incurred.

Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The estimated useful lives of property and equipment are subject to key assumptions such as maintenance and utilization. Unanticipated future changes in these assumptions could negatively or positively impact our net income. A 10% change in the useful lives of our property and equipment would have resulted in a $1.0 million impact on net income for the three months ended March 31, 2018.

Average depreciation periods, which represent estimated useful economic lives of respective assets, are as follows:


Land		Not depreciated

Buildings		Up to 30 years

Machinery and equipment		Up to 25 years

Furniture and fixtures		Up to 5 years

Other		Up to 20 years

When we retire or dispose of an asset, we remove its cost and related accumulated depreciation from our consolidated balance sheet. We record the difference between the net book value and proceeds from disposition as a gain or loss on the consolidated statement of operations.

Net Realizable Value Allowances

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Estimates of the net realizable value are based on the most reliable information available at the time the estimates are made. These estimates take into consideration fluctuations of price or cost directly relating to events occurring subsequent to the end of reporting period to the extent that such events confirm conditions existing at the end of the period. If the crude oil market declines or the demand for shale drilling declines, the estimated selling prices of our inventory may decline, which could result in additional amounts of net realizable value allowance. A 10% decline in the selling prices of inventory would have resulted in additional impairment of inventory to net realizable value of approximately $0.5 million in the three months ended March 31, 2018.

Income Taxes

We make judgments regarding the recognition of deferred tax assets and the future realization of these assets. As prescribed by FASB ASC 740 “Income Taxes” and applicable guidance, valuation allowances must be provided for those deferred tax assets for which it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The guidance requires us to evaluate positive and negative evidence regarding the recoverability of deferred tax assets. The determination of whether the positive evidence outweighs the negative evidence and quantification of the valuation allowance requires us to make estimates and judgments of future financial results. As of March 31, 2018, we have a valuation allowance in the amount of $52.2 million. If we determine that we would be able to realize our deferred tax assets in the future in excess of their net recorded amount, we would make an adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance. This will require us to make judgments and estimates regarding estimated future taxable income. These estimates and judgments include some degree of uncertainty and changes in these estimates and assumptions could require us to adjust the valuation allowances for our deferred tax assets and the ultimate realization of tax assets depends on the generation of sufficient taxable income.

Our methodology for recording income taxes requires a significant amount of judgment in the use of assumptions and estimates. Additionally, we forecast certain tax elements, such as future taxable income, as well as evaluate the feasibility of implementing tax planning strategies. Given the inherent uncertainty involved with the use of such variables, there can be significant variation between anticipated and actual results. Unforeseen events may significantly impact these variables, and changes to these variables could have a material impact on our income tax accounts. The final determination of our income tax liabilities involves the interpretation of local tax laws and related authorities in each jurisdiction. Changes in the operating environments, including changes in tax law, could impact the determination of our income tax liabilities for a tax year.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized at a point in time when performance obligations under the terms of the contracts with our customers are satisfied. Our performance obligation generally consists of the promise to sell pipe to the customers. Control of the products is generally transferred upon delivery, as determined by the specific terms of the contract. Once control is transferred to the customer, we have completed our performance obligation, and revenue is recognized. Our sales terms generally do not allow for a right of return except for matters related to any manufacturing defects on our part. All of our performance obligations under the terms of contracts with customers have a duration of less than one year.

Our customers may be entitled to cash discounts and volume-based incentive programs. The amounts associated with these arrangements are defined as variable consideration under ASC 606 and are included in the transaction price as a component of net revenues in the consolidated statement of operations upon completion of the performance obligations. We are recognizing revenue net of sales taxes based on our best estimates of the consideration that we expect to receive. In making these estimates of variable consideration, we consider past results and makes significant assumptions related to: customer payments; customer purchased volumes; rebates and other pricing allowances, as applicable. The actual amounts ultimately paid and/or received may be different from our estimates. Typical payment terms under customer arrangements are net 30 days, and discounts are provided for payments made within the first 10 days.

For product sales where the customer requests a bill and hold arrangement, revenue is recognized when the product is ready for physical transfer to the customer. Products are specific each customer’s order, are separately identified and we do not have the ability to use or direct the product to another customer.

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

Overview

OCTG, which includes drill pipe, casing and tubing, serve as integral elements in the extraction of oil and natural gas. E&P operators use drill pipe to drill oil and natural gas wells. Casing acts as a structural liner in oil and natural gas wellbores to provide support and prevent collapse during drilling operations and is also used to protect water-bearing formations during the drilling of a well. Tubing is inserted into the well after the completion of the drilling process and is used to transport oil and gas from the wellbore to the surface. Casing and tubing in lengths typically ranging from 30 to 45 feet are joined with connections threaded at each end to create a long, continuous steel pipe. In addition to OCTG, line pipe is used to construct oil and gas pipelines for the transportation of crude oil, oil products and natural gas from the field to oil refineries, storage facilities, shipment points and distribution hubs and for the transportation of refined products. The diagram below illustrates each of these steel products at the wellsite.

LOGO

Manufacturers produce OCTG in various specifications, with the requirements typically determined by well complexity and downhole conditions. There are two broadly defined market segments of OCTG: seamless and welded. Seamless OCTG are used primarily in horizontal and directional drilling with longer laterals. Seamless OCTG usually involve more complex manufacturing processes with a greater reliance on proprietary technology. Welded OCTG are mostly used in low-pressure, non-corrosive wells.

Connections can be broadly divided into API connections, premium connections and semi-premium connections. Connections in the United States are standardized by the API; however, certain complex wells require non-standardized, semi-premium and premium connections that have better tightening properties, a higher tolerance for bending and are able to withstand high pressures and temperatures.

General Factors Affecting Demand for OCTG

manufacturers’ control. Declines, sustained weakness and volatility in commodity prices over the course of 2015 and 2016, and the consequent reduction in capital expenditures by E&P operators on drilling and production activity, adversely affected the demand for OCTG. However, average crude oil prices during 2017 and the first quarter of 2018 have been substantially higher relative to the low commodity prices experienced in the first quarter of 2016. As a result, drilling and completion activity increased, which resulted in improved operational and financial performance of oil and gas producers.

After falling to their lowest points in the first quarter of 2016, oil and natural gas prices have experienced moderate growth supported by OPEC’s decision to reduce oil production. The prices of WTI crude oil and Henry Hub natural gas as of May 11, 2018 were $70.69 per barrel and $2.75 per MMBtu, respectively. These prices represent improvements of 170% and 85%, respectively, from first quarter of 2016 lows of $26.14 per barrel of oil and $1.49 per MMBtu of natural gas. This price recovery, together with significant cost and efficiency improvements in unconventional resource extraction, has stimulated an increase in onshore completions activity, as evidenced by a strong rebound in onshore rig count. According to Baker Hughes, the land rig count in the United States has increased to 1,021 as of May 11, 2018, an increase of 169% since the low of 380 rigs reported on May 27, 2016. We believe that robust oil and gas drilling activity in the United States will continue to support demand for steel pipe for the oil and gas industry in the coming years.

The OCTG market is also affected by import activity and the level of inventories maintained by manufacturers, distributors and end-users. During downturns in drilling activity, customers and distributors prioritize drawing on inventory rather than purchasing new products, causing demand for new production and imports to decrease. Conversely, in periods of increased drilling activity, distributors and end-users typically increase their OCTG inventory levels, which can accelerate demand. OCTG inventory levels in the United States and Canada have historically ranged from four to six months of demand but reached peak levels in late 2015 and the first half of 2016 with average inventory levels exceeding ten months of demand. Large inventory draws in the third and fourth quarters of 2016 brought inventory levels toward the bottom of the historical range in early 2017, balancing the market and providing support to OCTG pricing. According to Preston Pipe, OCTG inventory levels were at approximately 4.4 months of demand in January 2018.

Monthly OCTG Inventory

LOGO

Source: Preston Pipe

The OCTG market is well-positioned to capitalize on the recent recovery in the oil and natural gas industry, particularly in the onshore market in the United States and Canada as E&P operators increase activity. The level of profitability at which new wells can be drilled is a primary driver of drilling and completions activities. Importantly, according to Rystad Energy, the threshold oil price at which wells are profitable to drill has significantly decreased by an average across all U.S. shale plays of 55% from 2013 to 2017. As a result of this improvement in well profitability and the crude oil price improvement since the low points observed during the first half of 2016, an increased number of drilling rigs have re-entered the market, which is expected to drive demand for OCTG.

Industry Trends

•

U.S. Average Annual Rig Count

LOGO

Source: Baker Hughes; Spears and Associates

•

techniques and technologies have decreased the average number of days per well drilled, which, according to Coras Oilfield Research, has decreased from an average of 26.4 days per well in 2011 to an average of 20.6 days per well in 2017. Increased drilling productivity allows operators to drill more wells faster.

•

U.S. Active Rig Count by Type of Drilling

(%)

LOGO

Note: Percentages as of year end

Source: Baker Hughes

•

Increasing footage drilled per rig and average lateral length. According to Spears & Associates, footage drilled per rig reached approximately 281,000 feet in 2017 and has grown with a three-year CAGR of 9.1%. This increase has primarily been driven by the increase in lateral length drilled per well across the United States and Canada. According to Spears & Associates, in 2014, 5,000 foot laterals represented 50% of new wells drilled. However, almost 71% of new wells drilled in the fourth quarter of 2017 had lateral lengths of over 6,000 feet. Furthermore, the number of lateral wells in excess of 8,000 feet drilled in the United States increased 73% during the year ended December 31, 2017.

Footage Drilled per Rig

(000’s feet)

LOGO

Source: Spears & Associates

Growing Proportion of Horizontal Wells Have Longer Lateral Lengths

(number of wells drilled)

LOGO

Source: Spears & Associates

•

More OCTG per well due to increasing lateral lengths. Increased lateral lengths and greater drilling complexity are driving greater spending on technologically advanced drilling consumables, such as OCTG with premium and semi-premium connections.As a result, while the United States only accounted for 11% of worldwide oil production in 2017, the United States was the largest global OCTG market in 2017, accounting for 34% of worldwide OCTG demand according to the EIA and Metal Bulletin Research. The second largest market, the Commonwealth of Independent States (Russia, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Kazakhstan, Moldova, Tajikstan and Uzbekistan), accounted for 17% of demand in 2017. Furthermore, from 2012 through 2014, U.S. OCTG demand per rig relative to the rest of the world increased by 20%, according to Baker Hughes and Spears & Associates. As a result of these trends, OCTG consumption per rig per month has almost doubled since January 2013, as shown in Chart 6 below, and the Company projects total shipments for OCTG in the United States to grow year over year, as shown in Chart 7 below.

OCTG Consumption per Rig

LOGO

Source: Preston Pipe, Baker Hughes

Total US OCTG Consumption

(million tons)

LOGO

Source: Company estimates

•

Production Processes

Steel-Making

Typically, steel used in the seamless pipe making process is produced through electric arc furnace process, or EAF. EAF produces steel by applying heat generated through electric arcing between graphite electrodes and a metal bath. The steps in the EAF production process consist of charging, melting, oxidizing or purifying and deoxidizing or refining. The charge includes scrap, fluxes (lime and fluorspar), a reducing agent (carbon) and ferroalloys. Temperatures during EAF may reach as high as 3,500°C in order to melt alloying components that are otherwise difficult to melt. Lime, fluorspar and other materials are used to form a slag, which absorbs impurities during the steel-making process.

Steel Casting

The steel produced from EAFs is cast or solidified in a controlled manner in order to give it a basic shape that can be used for further processing. The continuous casting process, in which molten steel is cast directly into semi-finished products, typically rounds billets that are then used for pipe-rolling operations. Continuous casting equipment produces a strand of moulded metal that is continuously withdrawn from water-cooled copper moulds that give the solidified steel its final shape at a set casting speed. The metal strand cools and solidifies and is then cut into billets and discharged for intermediate storage or heat charged to the finished pipe rolling process.

Seamless Pipes

Seamless pipe production involves the piercing, elongation and reduction of steel billets to obtain the required length and diameter for the finished pipe. The billet is cut to the required length and heated to

temperatures of up to 1,300°C. The heated billet is then rolled under high pressure. The compressive stresses cause the billet to stretch and a hole to form in its center. A bullet shaped piercer point is pushed through the middle of the billet as it is being rolled in the piercing mill to create a uniform hollow in the billet. The size of the piercing point and the position of the rolls determine the hollow billet’s outside diameter and its wall thickness.

The hollow billet then undergoes additional rolling processes that reduce the diameter and wall thickness of the pierced billet. There are five principal types of seamless pipe manufacturing technologies used in the seamless pipe making process: (i) continuous mandrel rolling, (ii) Assel rolling, (iii) tandem rolling (a type of plug rolling), (iv) pipe extrusion and (v) cross-roll piercing elongation (a modern derivative of the push bench process). In a continuous rolling mill, the hollow shell produced in the cross roll piercer is rolled out over a mandrel bar without reheating through a series of seven to nine closely arranged in-line rolling stands to produce a continuous tube. In an Assel rolling mill, the hollow shell is rolled using three tapered rolls arranged symmetrically at an offset of 120° around the rolling centerline. In a tandem rolling mill, two rolling stands are placed successively in which a hollow shell passes through over short plugs, which reduce the outside diameter and wall thickness. In an extrusion rolling mill, the heated billet is pierced through the center by a mandrel driven by a hydraulic ram, which extrudes the material under the pressure exerted by the ram to form the pipe. The material remaining in the extruder is subsequently cut from the pipe as recyclable waste. The cross-roll piercing elongation, or CPE, process is where the piercing press and elongator of the continuous rolling mill are replaced by a rotary piercing mill. The CPE process then consists of several consecutive rolling processes, including piercing in two-rolled cross roll piercers with guide discs, crimping of one end, elongation on the push bench, reeling and then rolling in a stretch reducing mill. A reheating process is sometimes included prior to one of the later rolling stages.

Continuous rolling mills, CPE rolling mills and tandem rolling mills are used primarily to manufacture OCTG and line pipe products. Assel rolling mills are typically used to produce industrial seamless pipe for the machine building industry, and extrusion mills are used primarily to produce industrial seamless pipe where high-grade high alloy steels are required for the chemical and petrochemical, power generation and aerospace industries. Continuous rolling mills are significantly faster and less wasteful than extrusion mills or Assel rolling mills and produce higher quality pipes. While the extrusion process is highly effective for making pipe from grades of special steel, it requires expensive machinery, consumes more raw materials and has lower productivity than continuous rolling mills.

Welded Pipes

The process of manufacturing welded pipe involves the bending of hot rolled coil, or HRC, or discreet plate and then welding the seam at the edges. After receiving the steel in an as rolled plate form or being unwound from the coil in which it is delivered, the steel is passed through a series of rollers that cause the edges of the HRC to curl together to form a cylinder before it is welded. These edges are then welded and sealed using welding electrodes, following which the pipe is cut to the desired length and sorted for further processing. Welded pipe is made in both longitudinal and spiral welded pipe processes. Longitudinal welded pipes are made from steel plates with only one weld seam joining the two edges of the rolled plate. Spiral welded pipes are manufactured through the helical rolling process of HRC. Longitudinal welded pipe can also be made continuously from HRC using the ERW process. In the ERW process, the HRC is uncoiled and formed through a series of forming mills, and the edges of the steel strip are heated up by the welding current. The two sides of the strip are then forged together and welded before the heat has time to dissipate. The excess melted material is then removed from the outside and inside of the pipe. This process can be made more continuous by welding the ends of the HRC coils together as they are uncoiled. The pipe produced are then cut to length at a continuous “flying” cut off at the end of the process before they are inspected and further processed.

Pipe Finishing and Inspection

Pipe inspection and finishing processes are important elements in ensuring that the finished pipe meets customers’ specifications. The pipe finishing stages for seamless and welded pipe are largely similar and may include heat treatment, upsetting, inspection and coating.

Heat treatment involves the application of a combination of heating and cooling operations to the pipe to achieve desired physical and mechanical properties, such as increased strength, hardness and ductility, to relieve internal stresses and reduce brittleness.

Upsetting is typically performed on smaller sizes of OCTG tubing in order to increase the strength of connections by increasing the diameter and thickness of the ends of pipe. Larger OCTG sizes are threaded and connected with no upsetting required.

In some cases, industrial seamless pipe may also undergo subsequent cold finishing. Cold rolling and cold drawing involve rolling a pipe at room temperature or drawing a pipe through a die at room temperature. These cold working processes reduce the outside diameter and wall thickness of the pipe and improve the surface finish and mechanical properties of the pipe. These processes are often used in the production of pipe for use in machine building and power generation applications, automobile production and other industrial applications.

Pipe inspection employs a variety of non-destructive methods that range from visual inspection and manual measurement of pipe physical characteristics to electromagnetic and ultrasonic measurement techniques and hydrostatic testing. We also use certain destructive testing techniques on a statistical sample of the production lot. In this testing, the samples can be compressed, torn apart or destroyed in various manners to verify different mechanical properties such as strength, hardness and resistance to fracture. Hydrostatic testing is non-destructive testing performed on all OCTG. This testing involves filling the pipe with water and pressurizing it to a high level to check for leaks or weaknesses in the pipe body. Electromagnetic imaging and ultrasonic testing of pipe are non-destructive techniques that are used to inspect for surface and internal irregularities.

Pipe may also undergo anti-corrosion coating treatment, which includes various types of lacquer coatings that are used on OCTG pipe. Line pipe generally receives more sophisticated coatings that include fusion bonded epoxy and polypropylene coatings, among others. The final stage of the pipe finishing process generally involves marking, packing and storage.

Threading and Connections

OCTG pipe is connected in order to be run downhole through the use of threaded connections. Generally, there are three classifications of connections: API connections, semi-premium connections and premium connections. API connections are governed by API specifications and are typically the simplest type of connection. Unlike premium connections, API connections may be threaded without restrictions. Semi-premium connections are typically proprietary to each producer and are often designed to be stronger and have higher torque capability than standard API connections. Premium connections, like semi-premium connections, are typically proprietary to each producer and are often designed to be stronger and have higher torque capability than standard API connections. In addition, premium connections employ a hermetic metal-to-metal seal capable of being gas tight. However, there are typically certain threaded restrictions for premium connections.

Threaded connections are created in the manufacturing process through various types of threading machines. The threaded ends are pre-lubricated or coated with special rust preventative compounds, covered with thread protectors and then delivered to be used at the downhole of a well. Generally, there are two classifications of threaded connections: threaded and coupled, or T&C, connections and integral connections.

T&C connections use a separate coupling to join two threaded ends, or pins, of the pipe together in the field. The coupling is manufactured separately and is applied to the box end of the pipe and tightened to the

correct level during the threading operation. The pin end of one pipe is connected to the box end of the other pipe and tightened during drilling operations to facilitate a continuous pipe string.

Integral threaded connections are threaded together without the use of a coupling. For integral threaded connections, one end of the pipe is enlarged slightly and the other end is shrunk slightly prior to threading. The difference in the size of the ends facilitates the connection without the use of a coupling. Integral threaded connections allow for a slimmer profile and are typically used in premium connections.

Industry Competition

The market for steel pipe in the oil and gas sector is highly competitive. Following a determination of which performance characteristics are relevant for a particular project, end-users base their purchasing decision on the following primary factors: design for purpose, safety, quality, value-added services and price. Producers seek to provide their customers with competitive pricing and consistent quality of products that are tailored to a customer’s individual requirements.

The U.S. market is supplied by local manufacturing and overseas imports, mostly from South Korea, Mexico, Argentina and Canada. While shipments of imported OCTG accounted for 42% to 60% of domestic consumption from 2007 to 2017, such imports have accounted for 53% of total volumes during the year ended December 31, 2017 according to Metal Bulletin Research. Local manufacturing capacity, trade policy, currency fluctuations, shipping costs and proximity to markets are factors that determine OCTG supply mix.

Several key domestic producers have announced capacity additions in recent years while certain foreign producers, which have historically imported products into the United States, have announced that they plan to construct domestic manufacturing facilities. Producers with new U.S. domestic production capacity, once completed, may seek to secure market share by offering lower prices, assisted by potentially lower production costs at these new facilities than at the facilities of other domestic producers, which may also lead to pricing pressure.

New competitors in the seamless OCTG industry face high barriers to entry, including significant project lead times, substantial start-up capital expenditures, the required effort and expense to develop proprietary connections and skilled management. The completion of a new seamless mill capable of OCTG production can take up to three years before production can be brought to market. The initial creation of seamless OCTG capacity can cost approximately $3,000 per ton of capacity, implying a total investment of up to $900 million to generate the minimal capacity of 300,000 tons. New OCTG competitors also require proprietary connections, which are costly to produce or to acquire from a third-party. Additionally, an experienced management team and skilled engineers and workers are required for prompt execution of equipment ramp up and the start of production.

Anti-Dumping Regulations, Countervailing Duties and Tariffs

In the United States, the steel pipe manufacturing industry is protected by national anti-dumping regulations from harmful effects of foreign imports that are priced below fair market value. The United States currently imposes anti-dumping duties in respect of OCTG at the following levels: India 2.05%-11.24%; Turkey 9.13-35.86% (excluding Borusan Group); South Korea 6.78-75.81%; and Vietnam 0-111.47% (excluding SeAH Steel Vina Corporation). The United States also imposes countervailing duties of 5.67%-14.41% for India and 2.53-15.89% for Turkey. With respect to Ukraine, there is a suspension agreement that allows Ukraine producers to export goods to the United States at minimal prices. The highest anti-dumping and countervailing duties are set in relation to OCTG originating from China, which are 31.99%-137.62% and 1.95%-30.56%, respectively.

If any of the protections currently provided by the relevant anti-dumping regulations and countervailing duties in the United States were no longer available, the domestic industry would face increased competition from lower-cost foreign imports into the United States.

On April 19, 2017, the DOC initiated an investigation under Section 232 to determine the effects of steel imports on U.S. national security. On January 11, 2018, the DOC submitted its investigation report to President Trump. On March 1, 2018, the President announced his administration’s intention to impose a 25% tariff on imported steel and, on March 8, 2018, the President signed a presidential proclamation imposing a 25% tariff on imported steel products, including pipe and hot-rolled steel coil, which is the primary item that we import for use in the domestic production of our welded pipe, from all countries other than Canada and Mexico, effective on March 23, 2018. On March 22, 2018, the President issued presidential proclamations exempting certain countries, including Canada, Mexico and South Korea, from the 25% tariff until May 1, 2018, and indicated that quotas on steel products from these countries may be imposed instead. On April 30, 2018, President Trump issued a subsequent presidential proclamation stating that (i) the United States and South Korea had agreed to a quota on steel items imported into the United States from South Korea; (ii) the United States had agreed in principle with Australia, Argentina and Brazil to alternative arrangements and that each of these countries would be exempted from tariffs while the arrangements are finalized; and (iii) the temporary tariff exemptions for Canada, the European Union and Mexico are extended to May 31, 2018. United States Customs and Border Protection has implemented absolute annual quotas on the imports of South Korean steel products, including pipe equivalent, equal to 70% of the average annual imports of those steel products during the years 2015 to 2017. This absolute annual quota on South Korean imports applies to the period from January 1, 2018 to December 31, 2018 and each subsequent calendar year. The absolute annual quota for South Korean OCTG imports is 460,867,818 kg, or 508 thousand tons. No further presidential proclamations have been issued with respect to the exempted countries other than South Korea.

BUSINESS

Overview

Our operations benefit from our broad, strategically positioned geographic footprint, which supports our ability to supply seamless and welded OCTG to the most active major oil and gas basins in the United States and Canada. We own and operate 11 production facilities in the United States and Canada that produce a wide range of OCTG in various sizes and grades and together offer approximately 1.5 million tons of annual steel pipe production capacity, approximately 1.5 million tons of annual threading capacity and 664,000 tons of annual heat treating capacity. We have finishing facilities in close proximity to our end-users’ E&P operations, which allows us to provide our customers with customized technical solutions and to synchronize our production and logistics with evolving demands. We also import seamless OCTG and line pipe in sizes that we do not produce domestically from the TMK Group. The following map provides an overview of our production facilities and broad footprint covering the most active oil and natural gas producing basins in the United States and Canada.

LOGO

grow our patent portfolio and have filed patent applications primarily relating to highly engineered features of our premium connections technology in more than 30 different patent jurisdictions. Through licensing agreements with affiliated companies in the TMK Group, we can provide additional technologies and products to our customers.

Competitive Strengths

We believe we are well-positioned to successfully execute our business strategies as a result of the following competitive strengths:

•

Leading producer of OCTG for the United States and Canada. We are one of the largest producers of OCTG for E&P operators in the United States and Canada focused primarily on unconventional and conventional onshore markets. During the three months ended March 31, 2018, we accounted for approximately 26% and 13% of domestic seamless OCTG and domestic welded OCTG shipments, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2017, we accounted for approximately 25% and 11% of domestic seamless OCTG and domestic welded OCTG shipments, respectively. Our comprehensive product offering, consisting of both seamless and welded OCTG, delivers customized solutions for our customers. The breadth of our product offering also positions us as a single-source supplier with the ability to supply the entire steel pipe needs of an oil and natural gas well, from the surface casing, to the kick-off point and through extended-reach laterals. By offering one of the broadest ranges of seamless and welded OCTG, we are well-positioned to meet the needs of any E&P operator in the United States or Canada and capture additional market share as we expect lateral lengths to increase and the demand for higher-specification steel pipe and connections to correspondingly grow. This unique position provides us with the ability to adjust our pricing for variations in the cost of raw materials.

•

Proven technology leadership of successfully designing solutions to meet evolving industry needs. We are a technology leader in the OCTG market, with a long track record as an innovator of connections and advanced metallurgies. As E&P operators continue to increase the lateral lengths utilized in their wells, new OCTG solutions are needed to support the growing complexity of these wells. We differentiate ourselves from our competitors through our diverse portfolio of 28 proprietary premium and semi-premium connections, which are tested to strict industry standards. We are able to offer our customers a full range of higher strength metallurgies and corrosion resistant alloys. In addition to our world-class research and development center, we also have access to the technologies of our affiliated companies in the TMK Group, which allows us to sell products and technologies developed by other TMK Group companies.

•

to finish essentially all of our OCTG production. Furthermore, during the recent commodity price downturn, we reorganized our operations to require fewer personnel, while also increasing the operational efficiency of our facilities through an ongoing structured process engineering program.

•

Strong free cash flow capabilities and balance sheet. We are a returns-focused company led by a management team that believes in making disciplined cost and capital expenditure decisions. We expect our production facilities will require minimal maintenance capital expenditures on an annual basis, which will enable us to generate strong free cash flow and returns. We believe our returns-focused approach will allow us to maintain a strong balance sheet and ample financial liquidity, permitting continued research and development, as well as organic and select strategic acquisition growth opportunities. As of March 31, 2018, after giving effect to this offering, we would have had approximately $ million of cash on hand and approximately $ million of outstanding borrowings under our $125 million revolving credit facility, providing us with the flexibility to pursue opportunities to grow our business.

•

Business Strategies

•

Continue to improve operational efficiencies to maintain a leading edge cost structure. During the recent industry downturn we focused on improving our operating efficiencies and optimizing our interplant logistics. These initiatives included re-designing operational structures and consolidating facilities through the implementation of our “balanced-campus” approach, which led to significant reductions in inter-plant logistics costs. As a result of these initiatives, we believe that we have significantly improved our RFT yield (both in seamless and welded pipe), reduced customer claims and increased OEE. We use OEE to measure manufacturing productivity by identifying the percentage of manufacturing time that is truly productive and benchmarking our facilities against one another to determine where to invest our resources and how to improve our manufacturing process. This, in turn, helps us to implement a cost-effective capital spending program. We have developed a detailed plan for additional structural cost savings and continue to identify and invest in projects to improve interplant logistics and value-added projects. Our 2018 initiatives include significant cost reduction efforts for our seamless and welded pipe production and finishing operations. We are growing our digital go-to-business model, including a continuous pipe tracking program that is in advanced customer testing and an automated mill test reporting process that is now operational. Additionally, we are focused on matching staffing to appropriate utilization levels and establishing aggressive performance targets. We believe these operational improvements will allow us to further streamline our cost structure and improve the efficiency of our offerings to our customers.

•

Our Principal Stockholder

Our principal stockholder is PAO TMK, a company organized under the laws of the Russian Federation. PAO TMK is a leading global manufacturer and supplier of steel pipe for the oil and gas industry and has one of the world’s largest steel pipe production capacities. Outside of our operations, PAO TMK operates 16 production sites in Russia, Canada, Romania, Oman and Kazakhstan and one research and development, or R&D, center in Russia. PAO TMK offers a full range of OCTG and line pipe as well as industrial pipe to serve the chemical, automotive, construction, utilities and agricultural sectors, amongst others. In 2017, PAO TMK’s overall steel pipe shipments totaled 4.19 million tons. The largest share of PAO TMK’s sales is from high-margin OCTG, shipped to customers in over 80 countries. In addition, PAO TMK is focused on providing customers with new innovative steel pipe and premium connections. It operates a major R&D center in the Urals (RosNITI) and is building another R&D center near Moscow. Through our agreements with the TMK Group, we have access to its leading technologies and products. Additionally, we import steel pipe from the TMK Group in sizes that we do not produce in the United States or Canada, which primarily include OCTG in sizes 7 inches through 13.375 inches.

PAO TMK is offering shares of our common stock in this offering. Upon completion of this offering, PAO TMK will beneficially own approximately % of our common stock (or approximately % if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock is exercised in full). Please read “Principal and Selling Stockholders” for more information regarding the ownership of our common stock by our principal stockholder. We are also a party to certain other agreements with PAO TMK and certain of its affiliates. For a description of these agreements, please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Our Products

We produce a broad range of seamless and welded pipe, including proprietary solutions for challenging drilling environments and extended laterals. Our products include (i) seamless and welded OCTG with connections, which include proprietary premium and semi-premium connections and non-proprietary API connections, (ii) seamless and welded line pipe and (iii) seamless and welded standard and industrial pipe. Our products are primarily used by U.S. E&P operators in onshore unconventional and conventional oil and natural gas plays.

OCTG

We produce seamless and welded OCTG casing and tubing. Our casing is used to protect water bearing formations during the drilling of a well and as a structural liner in the well to provide support and prevent collapse during drilling operations. Our tubing is placed within the casing to bring the oil and natural gas to the surface. We offer all of our OCTG in carbon and alloy grades standardized by the API as well as in proprietary grades. Our tubing is available as a threaded and coupled product or with an integral connection. We utilize both seamless and welded processes to produce the pipe used for further finishing into OCTG. We also import semi-finished green OCTG for finishing at our facilities as well as finished OCTG from our affiliated companies in the TMK Group.

Seamless

The seamless OCTG that we produce domestically include casing and tubing in a variety of grades that range in outside diameter from 2.375 to 5.500 inches. Our seamless pipe production facilities have a total of

approximately 450,000 tons of annual capacity. We produce our seamless OCTG using steel billets that we produce at our Koppel facility, where we melt steel scrap using an EAF and cast steel billets. In the seamless rolling process at our Ambridge facility, we pierce the steel billet and then roll it into steel pipe.

Welded

Our welded OCTG include tubing and casing in various grades that range in outside diameter from 2.375 to 16.000 inches. Our welded pipe production facilities have a total of approximately 1,000,000 tons of annual capacity. Based upon our annualized fourth quarter 2017 production, our annual production of welded OCTG would be 482,000 tons, which results in a 48% utilization of our nameplate capacity. This spare capacity provides us with the ability to increase production of welded OCTG in the future without capital expenditures. We produce our welded OCTG using hot-rolled coils via ERW. In the ERW process, the edges of the steel strip are heated up by the welding current, and the two sides of the strip are forged together and welded before the heat has time to dissipate. The excess melted material is then removed from the outside and inside of the pipe.

Finishing

Our produced and imported semi-finished green OCTG are heat-treated, threaded, coupled, when necessary, and inspected for quality control. Our OCTG undergo specific tests, which include extensive ultrasonic and electromagnetic non-destructive testing inspections of our casing and tubing products and luminescent magnetic fluid testing of our pipe ends and couplings. The outside surfaces of our pipe are covered with protective lacquer, and the threads are protected with anti-corrosion treatments and thread protectors.

OCTG Imports from TMK Group

We also import fully-finished seamless OCTG with special steel grades from our affiliated companies in the TMK Group. The product sizes range from 7.000 to 13.375 inches for OCTG.

Connections

We offer three types of connections for our OCTG: premium connections, semi-premium connections and API connections. We currently offer four connection series and 28 proprietary connections.

Our premium connections include a variety of threaded and coupled connections as well as integral connections that have been designed to withstand the challenging and complex conditions encountered by our E&P end-users in the unconventional drilling environments of horizontal and directional wells by providing mechanical integrity and high hermeticity. Our premium connections feature high technology and innovative features, and the performance of our connections is certified by national and international testing laboratories. Our flush joint connection has market-leading tension efficiency while our SF TORQ connection has one of the highest operating torque capabilities on the market. The premium connections that we offer present marginal increases in total well costs of our E&P end-users while increasing connection strength. For the period from January 1, 2017 to March 31, 2018, our premium connections sold represented 17% of the domestic onshore premium connection market, and our premium integral connections sold represented 38% of the domestic onshore premium integral connections market. We have shipped approximately 37 million feet of pipe with our ULTRA SF and SFII connections since 2010 to 97 different E&P operators. The following graphic depicts our suite of premium connections.

LOGO

Our semi-premium connections have been designed to provide the high level of mechanical performance that is required during unconventional shale drilling at a cost-competitive market value. Our comprehensive line of semi-premium connections has been designed to outperform standard API connections by offering stronger mechanical properties along with faster and more reliable performance. We provide the end-users of our OCTG with proprietary connections that are accompanied by field services and technical support.

Our API connections provide standard industry performance and meet the specifications required by API.

Line Pipe

We offer our customers seamless and welded line pipe. The seamless line pipe that we produce ranges in size from 2.375 to 4.500 inches, and the welded line pipe that we produce ranges in size from 2.375 to 16.000 inches. The seamless line pipe that we import from our affiliated companies in the TMK Group typically ranges

in size from 8.625 to 16.000 inches. We have the ability to import welded line pipe in sizes up to 56.000 inches. These products are used to construct oil and gas pipelines and to transport crude oil, oil products and natural gas to refineries, storage tanks and loading and distribution hubs.

Standard and Industrial Pipe

We produce standard and industrial pipe. These products are primarily produced in accordance with American Society for Testing Materials, or ASTM, standards. Our industrial products also include hollow structure sections, or HSS, for architectural and building needs. These ASTM and HSS products are used in a variety of industries that are not specifically focused on the production of oil and natural gas, including the agricultural, commercial construction and automobile industries.

Our Properties

We have 11 production facilities located throughout the United States and Canada and have invested $447 million in our production facilities from 2008 to 2017. For a simplified organizational chart of the Company after giving effect to this offering, please see “Summary—Simplified Organizational and Ownership Structure After This Offering.” The following table provides an overview of our facilities as of March 31, 2018.


Facility	Annual Production Capacity (thousands of tons)										Square Footage (feet)		Own/Lease
	Seamless Pipe		Welded Pipe		Heat Treat		Threading (API and Premium)		Steel Melting
Ambridge, Pennsylvania		450				80						724,098		Own
Baytown, Texas						160		229				207,521		Own
Blytheville, Arkansas				250		120		200				250,947		Lease
Brookfield, Ohio								160				128,000		Lease
Camanche, Iowa				250				275				336,026		Own
Catoosa, Oklahoma						144		150				136,415		Lease
Edmonton, Alberta								15				33,000		Lease
Geneva, Nebraska				100								89,800		Own
Koppel, Pennsylvania						170				600		664,075		Own
Midland, Texas								150				82,500		Own
Wilder, Kentucky				400				300				661,716		Own

*Total*		450		1,000		674		1,479		600

Koppel, Pennsylvania. Our Koppel facility produces steel billets from steel scrap that are up to 6.500 inches in diameter using an electric arc furnace, or EAF. The majority of billets produced at this facility are transferred to our Ambridge, Pennsylvania facility located approximately 20 miles from Koppel, where they are reheated, pierced and rolled into steel pipe. Billets not used at the Ambridge facility are sold to third parties. Our Koppel facility also has heat treating capabilities.

Ambridge, Pennsylvania. At our Ambridge facility, we manufacture seamless tubing and casing, line pipe, coupling stock, drill pipe hollows and mechanical tubing in outside diameter from 2.375 to 6.050 inches. The facility has an annual production capacity of 450,000 tons of seamless pipe. We increased production during the year ended December 31, 2017 to approximately 416,000 tons as compared to the previous record annual production of 411,500 tons during the year ended December 31, 2014 by decreasing total maintenance hours, cycle time by one second and heat space delay, which allowed us to reach 92% utilization of the facility as of December 31, 2017. The facility is strategically located in the Marcellus Shale region, adjacent to rail lines and waterways and in close proximity to the interstate highway system. The Ambridge facility has a piercer, an eight-stand mandrel mill, a 23-stand stretch-reducing mill, a heat treatment line, two upset lines, a non-destructive testing, or NDT, facility and wall control gauges.

Blytheville, Arkansas. Our Blytheville facility manufactures OCTG casing and tubing, line pipe and standard pipe ranging in outside diameter from 2.375 to 4.500 inches. The facility has an annual production capacity of 250,000 tons of welded pipe. The facility has full finishing, upsetting, heat treating and high speed threading capabilities. In response to market conditions in 2016, the facility was placed into limited operation, and welding manufacturing were suspended. Full-scale manufacturing resumed in early 2017.

Camanche, Iowa. Our Comanche facility manufactures OCTG casing, line pipe and standard pipe ranging in outside diameter from 4.500 to 8.625 inches. The facility has an annual rolling production capacity of 250,000 tons of welded pipe and has high speed threading capabilities. In response to market conditions in 2016, the facility was idled until manufacturing activities resumed in July 2017.

Geneva, Nebraska. Our Geneva facility manufactures hollow structural sections ranging from 2.000 to 7.000 square inches. The facility has an annual production capacity of 100,000 tons of welded pipe.

Wilder, Kentucky. Our Wilder facility manufactures line pipe, casing and standard pipe ranging in outside diameter from 7.000 to 16.000 inches. The facility has an annual production capacity of 400,000 tons of welded pipe and has API-specification threading capacity of 300,000 tons. Welded pipe manufacturing and threading operated intermittently on a limited basis throughout 2016 depending upon market and purchase order conditions. Operations resumed at a normal pace in December 2016. We plan to install line pipe coating capabilities and a second NDT inspection line at the facility in the near future.

Midland, Texas. Our Midland facility threads both tubing and casing in outside diameter ranging from 2.375 to 13.375 inches. The facility has an annual production capacity of 150,000 tons and is located in close proximity to the Permian Basin.

Brookfield, Ohio. Our Brookfield facility, built in 2008, threads premium connections on pipe with outside diameter ranging from 4.500 to 9.625 inches. The facility has an annual production capacity of 160,000 tons and is located in close proximity to the Marcellus Shale region.

Edmonton, Canada. Our Edmonton facility, built in 2008, is capable of threading the full range of our premium connections in outside diameter ranging from 4.500 to 13.375 inches. The facility has an annual production capacity of 15,000 tons and has direct rail access and is situated in close proximity to the Canadian oil sands.

Baytown, Texas. Our Baytown facility has a heat treat quench and temper line and full finishing and threading capabilities for OCTG casing in outside diameter ranging from 2.375 to 13.375 inches. The facility has an annual production capacity of 229,000 tons.

Catoosa, Oklahoma. Our Catoosa facility has heat treating, testing and threading capabilities. We lease the land on which the facility is located from the Port of Catoosa. Catoosa pipe processing, heat treatment, inspection and threading were suspended in 2015 due to market conditions but resumed in mid-2017.

Transportation

We ship our products by truck, railway and barge. Shipments of work-in-process between our facilities use all three of these modes of transportation. Finished goods are primarily shipped to customers by truck and rail transport. Truck transport is provided by approximately 50 different trucking companies. Ingram Barge Company ships our products on barges pursuant to a five-year barge support agreement we entered into in 2013. Rail transportation is provided by most of the major U.S. carriers, including BNSF Railway Company, Union Pacific Corporation, CSX Corporation and Norfolk Southern Corp. All truck rates are contracted annually as needed, with rail rates set as a combination of fixed and variable rates. Shipping terms with our customers are generally a combination of EXW and FCA; shipping can be arranged in any of the desired modes of transportation, where applicable.

Research and Development

In addition to our existing portfolio of OCTG and connections, we continue to develop new products and technologies to fulfill the E&P industry’s evolving needs and introduce innovative solutions for our customers. Our research and development activities are carried out at the R&D Center located in Houston, Texas. The R&D Center was commissioned in 2011 and is the center of our innovation initiatives, employing approximately 20 engineers and scientists. This facility has a full range of testing capabilities including metallurgical analysis such as metallography, corrosion testing and SEM analysis along with two full connection testing machines that are used for developing the next generation of premium connections. As drilling technology continues to improve, we believe that the R&D Center is key to developing the steel pipe and connections that will be required to meet more stringent strength and corrosion requirements. For the three months ended March 31, 2018 and the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, we spent $2.1 million, $10.2 million and $9.1 million on R&D, respectively.

Product development and research projects that we are currently conducting include:

•

New high-torque premium and semi-premium connections: With the increasing demand for longer laterals and drilling with casing and rotating while cementing, the requirement for higher torque sustaining connections continues to grow for these extended reach applications. We are currently developing a full line of high-torque connections that will soon be available in both premium and semi-premium designs in threaded and coupled and integral connection forms. Our first two models are in their final testing stages and have been approved for specialized applications.

•

13Cr OCTG: Due to the current trend of deeper oil and gas wells and additional frac stages, the industry requires a higher quality of corrosion, fatigue and shock loading resistant steel. We are currently developing 13Cr OCTG, which we believe will be one of the most effective solutions to protect pipe against CO2 corrosion in harsh drilling environments with higher downhole temperatures and more corrosive gases.

•

GreenWell Technologies: Through our GreenWell Technologies, we aim to provide customers not only cost competitive solutions, but also environmentally friendly solutions in drilling environments. We are currently developing new connections with lubricant-free coating to help our customers accelerate the process of assembling pipe strings by reducing preparation time and creating a more environmentally friendly footprint by eliminating pollution from pipe lubricants.

We typically seek to protect our know-how and our R&D efforts as trade secrets and by registering patents for various inventions. We hold a number of mature patents, including patents relating to the thread designs and other aspects of our premium connections. We continue to grow our patent portfolio and have filed patent applications primarily relating to highly engineered features of our premium connections technology.

Suppliers

We require substantial quantities of raw materials to produce our products. Our principal raw material requirements include scrap metal and ferroalloys for use in our in-house steel-making operations and steel coils for producing welded pipe. In order to have diversified supply channels, we purchase our raw materials from numerous U.S. scrap, ferroalloys, couplings and steel coil producers, including PSC Metals, Inc., Minerais U.S. LLC, AmTex Machine Products Inc. and Nucor Corporation. We are not dependent on any single source of supply for scrap or steel coils, with no single supplier exceeding 10% or more of our raw materials as a percentage of overall costs during the three months ended March 31, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017.

Customers

For the three months ended March 31, 2018, our five largest customers by sales revenues were B&L Pipeco Services, Inc., CTAP LLC, MRC Global Inc., Pyramid Tubular Products L.P. and Sooner Pipe LLC,

which, in the aggregate, accounted for 68% of our total pipe sales. In addition, three of our distributors, B&L Pipeco Services, Inc., CTAP LLC and Sooner Pipe LLC, each accounted for more than 10% of our revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2018. We expect this concentration of customers to continue for the foreseeable future.

Most of our customer agreements represent framework agreements with non-exclusive distributors of our finished products. The agreements generally address types of product, warranties, indemnification, confidentiality, termination and assignment issues, terms and conditions of sale, claim policies, cancellation policies, storage policies and sales to end-users. These agreements generally do not address product volumes or pricing, which are determined between the parties during the placement of the specific order.

Sales and Marketing

Our sales team seeks to develop close, long-term relationships with our customers, which include both our distributors and the end-users who purchase our products through our distributors, by seeking to provide them with a consistent quality of products, competitive pricing and timely delivery of orders. We have an established network of distributors and sales representatives throughout the United States with strong relationships with a diverse end-user base, which includes Anadarko Petroleum Corporation, Ascent Energy, LLC, Chesapeake Energy Corporation, Devon Energy Corporation, Energen Corporation, EOG Resources, Inc., Marathon Oil Corporation, Occidental Petroleum Corporation, Rice Energy Inc. and XTO Energy Inc., a subsidiary of Exxon Mobil Corporation, among others. We seek to respond to our end-users’ individual requirements, ranging from specific packing or delivery requirements to the development of new products, including products manufactured using our own premium threaded connections.

In addition, in 2016 we launched a new marketing model focused on providing broader technical solutions and closer work with end-users of our products and distribution partners to synchronize production, logistics and inventories with demand in the fields, which we refer to as our “regional go-to-market” model. Customers working under this arrangement have the ability to reserve production capacity and place orders with minimum supply lead times and for the quantity and type of product required based on the latest drilling program. This marketing model allowed us to increase our customer base by 18% during the three months ended March 31, 2018 and by 24% during the year ended December 31, 2017. The higher level of sales predictability allows us, our customers and distributors to exercise better control over production costs. In addition to our new marketing model, we also are growing our digital go-to-business model, including a continuous pipe tracking program that is in advanced customer testing, and an automated mill test reporting process that is now operational.

Competition

The market for steel pipe, particularly in the oil and gas sector, is highly competitive. We compete with other OCTG producers on price, quality and value added services. We face considerable competition primarily from local producers, such as Tenaris, U.S. Steel and Vallourec, as well as from companies importing OCTG and line pipe. Several key domestic competitors have announced capacity additions in recent years. In particular, Tenaris has constructed a seamless pipe mill near Bay City, Texas and begun initial production. This facility is expected to include new premium connections production capacity. Some foreign competitors, which have historically imported products into the United States, have announced that they plan to construct domestic manufacturing facilities, including for example, TPCO America Corporation, which has begun construction of a new seamless pipe facility near Gregory, Texas, and SeAH Steel USA, which recently announced its plan to install a new tubing mill at its Houston facility in response to President Trump’s decision to impose tariffs on imported steel. We compete with these and other U.S. producers as well as certain foreign steel pipe producers, especially from South Korea and other countries, in the market for lower grade welded and industrial seamless pipe. For example, SeAH Steel Corp, a South Korean welded pipe manufacturer, recently announced its acquisition of United Metallurgical Co.’s pipe mill in Houston, Texas. Price is the main differentiating factor for

these lower grade products, and certain foreign producers are often able to offer lower prices than us. The significant decline in oil and natural gas prices from 2014 to 2016 resulted in considerable price competition. Our sales of steel pipe are likely to continue to be subject to significant competition, which could lead to pricing pressure and adversely affect our sales and our margins. Similarly, competitors with new U.S. domestic production capacity, once completed, may seek to secure market share by offering lower prices, assisted by potentially lower production costs at these new facilities than at our own facilities, which may also lead to pricing pressure and adversely affect our sales and our margins.

Seasonality

Because of our geographic, product and customer diversity, our operations have not shown any material seasonal trends.

Insurance

Our assets may experience physical damage as a result of an accident or natural disaster. These hazards can also cause personal injury and loss of life, severe damage to and destruction of property and equipment, pollution or environmental damage and suspension of operations. We maintain our own general liability, product liability, business interruption, workers compensation and pollution liability insurance policies, among other policies, at varying levels of deductibles and limits that we believe are reasonable and prudent under the circumstances to cover our operations and assets. As we continue to grow, we will continue to evaluate our policy limits and retentions as they relate to the overall cost and scope of our insurance program.

Environmental, Health and Safety Matters

We are subject to a broad range of federal, state, provincial, local and foreign laws and regulations governing health and safety or the protection of the environment and natural resources, including, for example:

•

the RCRA and comparable state laws that impose requirements for the generation, handling, transportation, treatment, storage, disposal and cleanup of waste from our operations;

•

the CERCLA and comparable state laws that govern the cleanup of hazardous substances that may have been released at properties currently or previously owned or operated by us or locations which we have sent waste for disposal;

•

the CWA and analogous state laws and regulations that can impose detailed permit requirements and strict controls on discharges of waste water from our facilities; and

•

the CAA and comparable state laws and regulations that impose obligations related to air emissions, including federal and state laws and regulations to address GHG emissions.

Environmental pre-construction and operating permits are, or may be, required for certain of the Company’s operations, and such permits are subject to modification, renewal and revocation. It is likely that we will be subject to increasingly stringent environmental standards in the future, particularly under air quality and water quality laws. It is also likely that we will be required to make additional expenditures, which could be significant, relating to environmental matters such as pollution controls, on an ongoing basis. As our operations involve, and have involved, the handling, transport and distribution of materials that are, or could be classified as, toxic or hazardous or otherwise as pollutants, there is some risk of contamination and environmental damage inherent in our operations and the materials and products we handle and transport. Consequently, we are subject to environmental laws that impose liability for historical or new releases of hazardous substances. The costs of remedying such conditions may be significant, and remediation obligations could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and prospects. We are also subject to a variety of health and safety laws and regulations dealing with occupational health and safety.

Violations and liabilities with respect to these laws and regulations could result in significant administrative, civil, or criminal penalties, remedial clean-ups, natural resource damages, permit modifications or revocations, operational interruptions or shutdowns and other liabilities. Additionally, Congress and federal and state agencies frequently revise environmental laws and regulations, and any changes that result in more stringent or costly permitting, waste handling, disposal and clean-up requirements for the our industry could have a significant impact on our operating costs.

Below is an overview of some of the more significant environmental, health and safety requirements with which we must comply. Our clients’ operations are subject to similar laws and regulations. Any material adverse effect of these laws and regulations on our clients operations and financial position may also have an indirect material adverse effect on our operations and financial position.

Waste Handling

We handle, transport, store and dispose of wastes that are subject to the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act and comparable state laws and regulations, which affect our activities by imposing requirements regarding the generation, transportation, treatment, storage, disposal and cleanup of hazardous and non-hazardous wastes. With federal approval, the individual states administer some or all of the provisions of RCRA, sometimes in conjunction with their own, more stringent requirements.

Administrative, civil and criminal penalties can be imposed for failure to comply with waste handling requirements. Moreover, the EPA or state or local governments may adopt more stringent requirements for the handling of non-hazardous wastes or recategorize some non-hazardous wastes as hazardous for future regulation. Any such changes in these laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our capital expenditures and operating expenses. Although we do not believe the current costs of managing our wastes, as presently classified, to be significant, any legislative or regulatory reclassification of wastes could increase our costs to manage and dispose of such wastes.

Remediation of Hazardous Substances

CERCLA and analogous state laws generally impose liability without regard to fault or legality of the original conduct on classes of persons who are considered to be responsible for the release of a hazardous substance into the environment. These persons include the current owner or operator of a contaminated facility, a former owner or operator of the facility at the time of contamination, and those persons that disposed or arranged for the disposal of the hazardous substance at the facility. Liability for the costs of removing or remediating previously disposed wastes or contamination, damages to natural resources and the costs of conducting certain health studies, amongst other things, can be strict and joint and several. In addition, it is not uncommon for neighboring landowners and other third parties to file claims for personal injury and property damage allegedly caused by the hazardous substances released into the environment. In the course of our operations, we use materials that, if released, would be subject to CERCLA and comparable state laws. Therefore, governmental agencies or third parties may seek to hold us responsible under CERCLA and comparable state statutes for all or part of the costs to clean up sites at which such hazardous substances have been released.

Water Discharges

The CWA, Safe Drinking Water Act, Oil Pollution Act and analogous state laws and regulations impose restrictions and strict controls regarding the unauthorized discharge of pollutants into regulated waters. The discharge of pollutants into regulated waters is prohibited, except in accordance with the terms of a permit issued by the EPA or the state. Also, spill prevention, control and countermeasure plan requirements require appropriate containment berms and similar structures in connection with on-site storage of significant quantities of oil to help prevent the contamination of regulated waters. Some states also maintain groundwater protection programs that

require permits for discharges or operations that may impact groundwater conditions. These laws and any implementing regulations provide for administrative, civil and criminal penalties for any unauthorized discharges of oil and other substances in reportable quantities and may impose substantial potential liability for the costs of removal, remediation and damages.

The EPA and the Army Corps of Engineers (“Corps”) released a rule to revise the definition of “waters of the United States” (the “WOTUS rule”) for all CWA programs, which went into effect in August 2015. In October 2015, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Sixth Circuit (the “Sixth Circuit”) stayed the WOTUS rule nationwide pending further action of the court. In response to this decision, the EPA and the Corps resumed nationwide use of the agencies’ prior regulations defining the term “waters of the United States.” Those regulations will be implemented as they were prior to the effective date of the new WOTUS rule. In January 2017, the U.S. Supreme Court accepted review of the WOTUS rule to determine whether jurisdiction to hear challenges to the rule rests with the federal district or appellate courts. In February 2017, the new Presidential administration issued an Executive Order directing the EPA and the Corps to review and, consistent with applicable law, to initiate a rulemaking to rescind or revise the WOTUS rule. The EPA and the Corps published a notice of intent to review and rescind or revise the rule in March 2017. In addition, the U.S. Department of Justice filed a motion with the U.S. Supreme Court in March 2017 requesting that the U.S. Supreme Court stay the suit concerning which court should hear challenges to the rule. The U.S. Supreme Court denied the motion in April 2017. In June 2017, the EPA and the Corps proposed a rule that would initiate the first step in a two-step process intended to review and revise the definition of “waters of the United States” consistent with President Trump’s executive order. Under the proposal, the first step would be to rescind the May 2015 final rule and put back into effect the narrower language defining “waters of the United States” under the CWA that existed prior to the rule. The second step would be a notice-and-comment rulemaking in which the agencies will conduct a substantive reevaluation of the definition of “waters of the United States.” In January 2018, the U.S. Supreme Court reversed the Sixth Circuit’s decision, ruling that jurisdiction over challenges to the rule rests with the federal district courts and not with the appellate courts. The Supreme Court remanded the case to the Sixth Circuit with instructions to dismiss. Also in January 2018, ahead of any action by the Sixth Circuit, the EPA and Corps finalized a rule that would delay applicability of the WOTUS rule for two years. Multiple states and environmental groups have challenged the delay, and future implementation of the WOTUS rule is uncertain at this time.

Air Emissions

The CAA and comparable state laws and regulations, regulate emissions of various air pollutants through the issuance of permits and the imposition of other emissions control requirements. The EPA has developed, and continues to develop, stringent regulations governing emissions of air pollutants from specified sources. New facilities may be required to obtain permits before work can begin, and existing facilities may be required to obtain additional permits and incur capital costs in order to remain in compliance. These and other laws and regulations may increase the costs of compliance for some facilities where we operate. Obtaining or renewing permits also has the potential to delay the development of our projects.

Climate Change

The EPA has determined that GHG present an endangerment to public health and the environment because such gases contribute to warming of the earth’s atmosphere and other climatic changes. Based on these findings, the EPA has adopted and implemented, and continues to adopt and implement, regulations that restrict emissions of GHGs under existing provisions of the CAA. Such regulations require preconstruction and operating permits for certain new or modified large stationary sources. Facilities required to obtain preconstruction permits for their GHG emissions are also required to meet “best available control technology” standards that are being established by the states or, in some cases, by the EPA on a case-by-case basis. The EPA also requires the annual reporting of GHG emissions from certain large sources of GHG emissions in the United States, including certain oil and natural gas production facilities. The U.S. Congress has from time to time

considered adopting legislation to reduce emissions of GHGs and almost one-half of the states have already taken legal measures to reduce emissions of GHGs primarily through the planned development of GHG emission inventories and/or regional GHG cap and trade programs.

In August 2015, the EPA also issued new regulations limiting carbon dioxide emissions from existing power generation facilities. Under this rule, nationwide carbon dioxide emissions would be reduced by approximately 30% from 2005 levels by 2030 with a flexible interim goal. Several industry groups and states challenged the rule. In February 2016, the U.S. Supreme Court stayed the implementation of this rule pending judicial review. In March 2017, President Trump signed an Executive Order directing the EPA to review the regulations, and in April 2017, the EPA announced that it was reviewing the 2015 carbon dioxide regulations. Also in April 2017, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia stayed the litigation pending the current administration’s review. That stay was extended for another 60 days in August 2017. In October 2017, the EPA initiated the formal rulemaking process to repeal the regulations. The EPA’s proposal will be subject to public comment and likely legal challenge, and as such we cannot predict at this time what impact the rulemaking will have on the demand for oil and natural gas production and our operations.

Canada has also taken steps to address GHG emissions. Environment Canada is currently developing regulations to reduce methane emissions from the upstream oil and natural gas industry, with final regulations expected by the end of the year. In addition, in December 2016, the federal government and eight provincial governments in Canada agreed to a national carbon pricing policy that sets a minimum price on GHG emissions throughout Canada. The Canadian federal government will implement a price in the remaining two provinces if they do not have a price or cap-and-trade program in place by 2018. Several other provincial initiatives have established various mechanisms to limit GHG emissions. In December 2015, the United States and Canada joined the international community at the 21st Conference of the Parties of the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change in Paris, France. The resulting Paris Agreement calls for the parties to undertake “ambitious efforts” to limit the average global temperature, and to conserve and enhance sinks and reservoirs of greenhouse gases. The Paris Agreement entered into force in November 2016. The United States and Canada are two of over 130 nations that have ratified or otherwise indicated that they intend to comply with the agreement. However, in June 2017, President Trump announced that the United States plans to withdraw from the Paris Agreement and to seek negotiations either to reenter the Paris Agreement on different terms or establish a new framework agreement. In August 2017, the U.S. Department of State provided formal notice to the United Nations of the United States’ intention to withdraw. The Paris Agreement provides for a four-year exit process beginning in November 2016, which would result in an effective exit date of November 2020. The United States’ adherence to the exit process and/or the terms on which the United States may reenter the Paris Agreement or a separately negotiated agreement are unclear at this time. Any restrictions on emissions of GHGs that may be imposed could adversely affect the oil and natural gas industry by reducing demand for hydrocarbons and by making it more expensive to develop and produce hydrocarbons, either of which could have a material adverse effect on future demand for our products and services.

Moreover, climate change may cause more extreme weather conditions and increased volatility in seasonal temperatures. Extreme weather conditions can interfere with our operations and increase our costs, and damage resulting from extreme weather may not be fully insured.

OSHA Matters

The Occupational Safety and Health Act (“OSHA”) and comparable state statutes regulate the protection of the health and safety of workers. In December 2015, the U.S. Departments of Justice and Labor announced a plan to more frequently and effectively prosecute worker health and safety violations, including enhanced penalties. In addition, the OSHA hazard communication standard requires that information be maintained about hazardous materials used or produced in operations and that this information be provided to employees, state and local government authorities and the public.

Employees

As of May 1, 2018, we employed 1,997 people, including 61 contractors.

We are a party to two collective bargaining agreements covering approximately 650 of our employees at three of our facilities, which represents approximately 33% of our total employees, all of whom are members of the United Steel Workers, the primary U.S. steel industry trade union. These collective bargaining agreements regulate all facets of our labor relations, including salaries and compensations and working hours for bargaining unit members at these plants. Salaries, compensation and working hours for other U.S. plants that are not subject to collective bargaining agreements are determined in accordance with company policy.

We maintain strong relationships with our U.S. employees and with the trade unions. We have not experienced any strikes or work stoppages. We believe that this is due in part to our commitment to the social infrastructure of our host cities, our history of timely salary payments and our strong commitment to the social welfare of our employees.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we are a party to ongoing legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business. We do not believe the results of these proceedings, after consideration of insurance coverage and indemnification agreements with certain of our counterparties, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. However, the outcome of such matters is inherently uncertain, and estimates of our combined liabilities may change materially as circumstances develop. Furthermore, the amount of our insurance recoveries will be net of the amount of our self-insured retention and may not completely offset the costs of such proceedings. Our insurance provider may also deny our claim for coverage with respect to a particular proceeding or issue a reservation of rights letter stating that the provider may deny coverage upon investigation or further developments relating to a proceeding.

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

The following table sets forth the names, ages and titles of our directors and executive officers as of May 17, 2018.


Name	Age		Position with IPSCO Tubulars Inc.	Position with PAO TMK
Peter “Piotr” Dimitri Galitzine		63	Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer	—
Evgeny Makarov		40	Vice President and Chief Financial Officer	—
Joel Mastervich		60	Vice President and Chief Operating Officer	—
Ryan Chadwick		49	Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel	—
David Diederich		60	Vice President, Research, Engineering and Product Development	—
Peter Smith		53	Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer	—
Alberto Vazquez		45	Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer	—
Elena Verbinskaya		40	Vice President, Accounting Integration and Financial Reporting	Chief Accounting Officer
Andrei Zimin		38	Director	Chief Legal Counsel
Alexander Pumpyanskiy		31	Director	Director
Vladimir Shmatovich		53	Director	Vice President for Strategy and Business Development
Anthony Tripodo		65	Director	—
John Fees		60	Director	—

Peter “Piotr” Dimitri Galitzine

Peter “Piotr” Dimitri Galitzine has served as the Chairman of the Board since September 2008 and as Chief Executive Officer of IPSCO Tubulars Inc. since January 2016. Prior to joining us, Mr. Galitzine served on the board of directors of PAO TMK, the parent of IPSCO Tubulars Inc., as an independent director. He also held senior positions with Mannesmann AG, a German industrial conglomerate, and ZAO BASF and BASF AG, German chemical companies. Mr. Galitzine received a Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. We believe that Mr. Galitzine’s 25 years of international and American industry experience and deep knowledge of our business and our customers makes him well suited to serve as Chairman of the Board.

Evgeny Makarov

Evgeny Makarov has served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of IPSCO Tubulars Inc. since August 2013. Mr. Makarov served as a Director of IPSCO Tubulars Inc. from August 2013 to February 2018. Prior to joining us, Mr. Makarov served as Director of the Economics and Planning Department as well as in various other finance roles for PAO TMK in Moscow from 2006 to 2013. Prior to joining PAO TMK, he held leadership finance roles with other energy and pipe producers and has 19 years of experience in the industry. Mr. Makarov is married to Elena Verbinskaya, our Vice President of Accounting Integration and Financial Reporting. Mr. Makarov received degrees in Economics from the Volgograd Institute of Economics, Sociology and Law and the Academy of National Economy under the Government of the Russian Federation and an Executive Master of Business Administration from The Kellogg School of Management at Northwestern University.

Joel Mastervich

Joel Mastervich has served as Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of IPSCO Tubulars Inc. since April 2015. Prior to joining us, Mr. Mastervich served, from 2013 to 2015, as Executive Vice President of Vallourec

USA, a tubular solutions provider based in Houston, Texas. From 2005 to 2013, Mr. Mastervich served in various roles with Vallourec Star in Youngstown, Ohio, including chief operating officer from 2006 to 2010 and president from 2010 to 2013. He has 39 years of experience in the steel pipe industry. Mr. Mastervich received a Bachelor of Science in Metallurgical Engineering from the University of Pittsburgh and a Master of Business Administration from the University of Chicago.

Ryan Chadwick

Ryan Chadwick has served as Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel of IPSCO Tubulars Inc. since August 2013. Prior to joining us, Mr. Chadwick served, from 2012 to 2013, as Associate General Counsel for Eaton Corporation plc, or Eaton, a global manufacturer of power management products. At Eaton, Mr. Chadwick was responsible for providing legal services to the legacy businesses of Cooper Industries plc, a global manufacturer of electrical products, which Eaton acquired in late 2012. Prior to joining Eaton, he served in a number of roles at Cooper Industries from 2004 through 2012, including Associate General Counsel of Compliance, Senior Corporate Counsel and Senior Litigation Counsel. Prior to joining Cooper Industries, Mr. Chadwick was a partner focused on complex commercial litigation at the law firm Jackson Walker LLP. He has 25 years of legal experience. Mr. Chadwick holds a Doctorate of Jurisprudence and a Bachelor of Arts in Philosophy from the University of Houston.

David Diederich

David Diederich has served as Vice President for Research, Engineering and Product Development of IPSCO Tubulars Inc. since August 2015. Mr. Diederich served as Chief Manufacturing Officer of IPSCO Tubulars Inc. from 2011 to 2015 after joining IPSCO Tubulars Inc. in 2007. Prior to joining us, Mr. Diederich served in various positions with United States Steel Corporation, USS/KOBE Steel, Republic Technologies International, US Pipe & Foundry Co., Jindal Steel and Power Limited and NS Group. Mr. Diederich has over 25 years of experience in general management and senior positions in the iron and steel industry and a career span of 37 years. Mr. Diederich holds a Bachelor of Science in Metallurgical Engineering from the University of Cincinnati and a Master of Business Administration from Cleveland State University.

Peter Smith

Peter Smith has served as Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer of IPSCO Tubulars Inc. since November 2012. Prior to joining us, Mr. Smith initially practiced as a lawyer before holding senior human resources positions at Kenda Capital LLC from 2009 to 2012 and at BG Group plc from 1997 to 2009. He has approximately five years of executive experience in the steel pipe industry and has worked in the energy industry for 28 years. Mr. Smith holds a Bachelor of Laws Degree from Queens University Belfast and is on the Human Resources Committee of the Steel Manufacturers Association.

Alberto Vazquez

Alberto Vazquez has served as Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer of IPSCO Tubulars Inc. since October 2016. Prior to joining us in 2014, he held several managerial positions at Tenaris from 2000 to 2014 supporting major oil companies and global accounts. Mr Vazquez has over 18 years of experience in the steel pipe industry. Mr. Vazquez received a Bachelor’s degree in Industrial Engineering from Universidad Nacional de Cuyo in Argentina and an Executive Master of Business Administration from A. B. Freeman School of Business at Tulane University.

Elena Verbinskaya

Elena Verbinskaya has served as Vice President of Accounting Integration and Financial Reporting of IPSCO Tubulars Inc. since September 2016. Mrs. Verbinskaya has served in various senior accounting roles with

PAO TMK since 2006 and has served as the Chief Accounting Officer of PAO TMK since 2010. Prior to joining PAO TMK, she held leadership finance roles in the beverage industry. She has 18 years of industry experience. Mrs. Verbinskaya is married to Evgeny Makarov, our Chief Financial Officer. Mrs. Verbinskaya received a Bachelor’s degree in Accounting, Analysis and Audit from Far Eastern State University in Russia, is a certified public accountant and is a member of the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA, UK).

Andrei Zimin

Andrei Zimin has served as a director of IPSCO Tubulars Inc. since September 2008. Mr. Zimin has also served as the Chief Legal Counsel of PAO TMK since 2012 and is also a member of the board of directors of several Russian and other foreign entities within the TMK Group. Prior to his current roles, Mr. Zimin served as Head of the Corporate Projects Department and Head of the Corporate Ownership Department of PAO TMK from 2004 to 2012. In 2003, Mr. Zimin graduated with a law degree from the Moscow State Institute of International Relations of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the Russian Federation. We believe that Mr. Zimin’s extensive legal knowledge and industry experience make him well suited to serve as a member of the Board.

Alexander Pumpyanskiy

Alexander Pumpyanskiy has served as a director of IPSCO Tubulars Inc. since February 2018. Since 2008, Mr. Pumpyanskiy has worked in various roles within the financial industry. From 2008 to 2016, he served at Sinara Capital Management SA as a leader of the firm’s investment activity. Mr. Pumpyanskiy is currently the Managing Director of Lera Capital SA, an investment boutique, where he has served since 2016. He is also Chairman of the board of directors of SKB Bank and serves on the board of directors of PAO TMK. He is the son of Dmitry Pumpyanskiy, the controlling shareholder of TMK Steel Holding Limited, the controlling shareholder of PAO TMK. Mr. Alexander Pumpyanskiy is a chartered financial analyst and has extensive experience dealing with investments in various asset classes, including private and public equity, spanning a number of industries. Mr. Alexander Pumpyanskiy received a degree in Business Management from the University of Geneva. We believe that Mr. Alexander Pumpyanskiy’s extensive financial background, investment expertise and experience as a director make him well suited to serve as a member of the Board.

Vladimir Shmatovich

Vladimir Shmatovich has served as a director of IPSCO Tubulars Inc. since February 2018. Since 2005, Mr. Shmatovich has served in various leadership roles at companies of the TMK Group, including Chief Financial Officer of PAO TMK. He currently serves as Vice President for Strategy and Business Development of PAO TMK. Prior to joining PAO TMK, Mr. Shmatovich served in financial leadership roles at several oil and gas and automotive companies, including Udmurtneft, Sidanko and RusRomAvto, and as Chief Executive Officer of OAO Interros, a large Russian private equity firm. He has 13 years of experience in the steel pipe industry. Mr. Shmatovich holds a Master of Business Administration from the University of Notre Dame and an undergraduate degree from the Moscow Finance Institute. We believe that Mr. Shmatovich’s extensive knowledge of finance and the steel pipe industry make him well suited to serve as a member of the Board.

Anthony Tripodo

Anthony Tripodo has served as a director of IPSCO Tubulars Inc. since February 2018. Mr. Tripodo has served as Executive Vice President and Senior Advisor of Helix Energy Solutions Group, Inc., or Helix, a provider of well intervention and robotics services for the offshore oil and gas and renewable energy industries, since June 2017 and previously as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since June 2008. Since 2003, Mr. Tripodo has served in a number of other roles at Helix, including Chairman of the Audit Committee. Prior to joining Helix in 2003, Mr. Tripodo served in various executive and financial leadership roles with Baker Hughes, Veritas DGC Inc., Tesco Corporation and as a board member of various other energy companies. He has over 35 years of experience in the global energy industry. Mr. Tripodo also served as a manager during his tenure

at the accounting firm of Price Waterhouse & Co., which spanned from 1974 to 1980. Mr. Tripodo holds a Bachelor of Arts in Business from St. Thomas University. We believe that Mr. Tripodo’s significant energy industry and corporate governance experience, financial expertise and leadership experience make him well suited to serve as a member of the Board.

John Fees

John Fees has served as a director of IPSCO Tubulars Inc. since February 2018. Mr. Fees has over 35 years of experience in the manufacturing industry, having served since 1979 in a number of roles at The Babcock & Wilcox Company, or Babcock, a global provider to industrial and energy companies of engineering, manufacturing and aftermarket services, and its related companies. He has held various roles, including President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman. From 2008 to 2010, Mr. Fees was Chief Executive Officer of McDermott International, Inc., a global engineering, procurement, construction and installation company and the former owner of Babcock. Recently, from 2010 to 2015, he served as Chairman of Babcock and since 2015 has served as Executive Chairman of BWX Technologies, Inc., or BWX, the company that remained after Babcock spun off its power generation business. At BWX, Mr. Fees oversees the design, engineering and manufacturing of precision naval nuclear components, reactors and nuclear fuel for the U.S. government, as well as major component manufacturing and design of equipment for commercial nuclear plants. Mr. Fees also currently serves on the board of directors of Brookfield Infrastructure Partners LP, an infrastructure asset manager, and has served on the boards of various other companies engaged in engineering and manufacturing. Mr. Fees holds a Master of Science in Engineering Management from George Washington University and a Bachelor of Science in Industrial Engineering from the University of Pittsburgh. We believe that Mr. Fees’ significant manufacturing industry experience and leadership experience make him well suited to serve as a member of the Board.

Status as a Controlled Company

Because PAO TMK will beneficially own a majority of our outstanding common stock following the completion of this offering, we expect to be a controlled company as of the completion of the offering under the rules of the NYSE. A controlled company need not comply with the applicable corporate governance rules that require its board of directors to have a majority of independent directors and independent compensation and nominating and governance committees. Notwithstanding our status as a controlled company, we will remain subject to the applicable corporate governance standard that requires us to have an audit committee composed entirely of independent directors. As a result, we must have at least one independent director on our audit committee by the date our common stock is listed on the NYSE, a majority of independent directors on our audit committee within 90 days of the listing date and all independent directors on our audit committee within one year of the listing date.

Because we are a controlled company, we will not be required to, and do not currently expect to have, a compensation committee or a nominating and corporate governance committee. If at any time we cease to be a controlled company, we will take all action necessary to comply with the NYSE listing rules, including appointing a majority of independent directors to the board of directors and ensuring we have a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each composed entirely of independent directors, subject to a permitted “phase-in” period. We will cease to qualify as a controlled company once PAO TMK ceases to control a majority of our voting stock.

Board of Directors and Committees

The Board currently consists of six members. In connection with this offering, we will enter into a stockholders agreement with PAO TMK. Pursuant to the stockholders agreement, PAO TMK will be entitled to nominate a certain number of directors to the Board that corresponds to the percentage of our common stock then outstanding held by PAO TMK. For example, as long as PAO TMK beneficially owns at least 50% of our common stock then outstanding, PAO TMK will be entitled to nominate for election to the Board a majority of

100

the directors. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement.” The Board has appointed Anthony Tripodo and John Fees as independent directors. In making such appointments, the Board reviewed the independence of our directors using the independence requirements of the Exchange Act and NYSE listing standards. Within one year of the date of effectiveness of the registration statement, we will appoint a third independent director that qualifies for service on the audit committee and increase the size of the board to seven directors.

Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that the authorized number of directors will, subject to the provisions of the stockholders agreement, be fixed from time to time by the Board pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the whole board. In addition, our amended and restated bylaws will provide that, in general, vacancies on the board may be filled by a majority of directors in office, although less than a quorum.

In evaluating director candidates, we will assess whether a candidate possesses the integrity, judgment, knowledge, experience, skills and expertise that are likely to enhance the board’s ability to manage and direct our affairs and business, including, when applicable, to enhance the ability of the committees of the board to fulfill their duties. Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that directors hold office until the expiration of the term of the class, if any, for which elected and until their successors have been elected and qualified or until their earlier death, resignation or removal. Executive officers are appointed by, and serve at the discretion of, the Board.

Audit Committee

The Board has established an audit committee in connection with this offering whose functions include the following:

•

assist the Board in its oversight responsibilities regarding the integrity of our financial statements, our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, the independent accountant’s qualifications and independence and our accounting and financial reporting processes of and the audits of our financial statements;

•

prepare the report required by the SEC for inclusion in our annual proxy or information statement;

•

approve audit and non-audit services to be performed by the independent accountants; and

•

perform such other functions as the Board may from time to time assign to the audit committee.

The specific functions and responsibilities of the audit committee are set forth in the audit committee charter. Our audit committee is comprised of Anthony Tripodo and John Fees, each of whom is independent and satisfies the financial literacy standards for audit committee members under the Exchange Act and NYSE listing standards. Anthony Tripodo qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” under applicable SEC rules. Within one year after completion of the offering, we expect that our audit committee will be composed of three members that will satisfy the independence requirements of the Exchange Act and NYSE listing standards.

Compensation Committee

101

compensation committee would also administer our incentive compensation and benefit plans. Upon formation of a compensation committee, we would expect to adopt a compensation committee charter defining the committee’s primary duties in a manner consistent with the rules of the SEC, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and applicable stock exchange or market standards.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Because we expect to be a controlled company as of the closing of this offering within the meaning of NYSE corporate governance standards, we will not be required to, and do not currently expect to, have a nominating and corporate governance committee. If and when we are no longer a controlled company within the meaning of NYSE corporate governance standards, we will be required to establish a nominating and corporate governance committee. We anticipate that such a nominating and corporate governance committee would consist of three directors each of whom will be “independent” under the rules of the SEC. This committee would identify, evaluate and recommend qualified nominees to serve on the Board, develop and oversee our internal corporate governance processes and maintain a management succession plan. Upon formation of a nominating and corporate governance committee, we would expect to adopt a nominating and corporate governance committee charter defining the committee’s primary duties in a manner consistent with the rules of the SEC and NYSE standards.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers serve on the Board or compensation committee of a company that has an executive officer that serves on the board. No member of the board is an executive officer of a company in which one of our executive officers serves as a member of the Board or compensation committee of that company.

Board Role in Risk Oversight

Our corporate governance guidelines will provide that the Board is responsible for reviewing the process for assessing the major risks facing us and the options for their mitigation. This responsibility will be largely satisfied by our audit committee, which is responsible for reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our major risk exposures and the policies management has implemented to monitor such exposures, including our financial risk exposures and risk management policies.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

The Board has adopted an updated code of business conduct and ethics applicable to our employees, directors and officers, in accordance with applicable U.S. federal securities laws and the corporate governance rules of the NYSE. Any waiver of this code with respect to an officer or director may be made only by the Board and will be promptly disclosed as required by applicable U.S. federal securities laws and the corporate governance rules of the NYSE.

Corporate Governance Guidelines

Prior to the completion of this offering, the Board will adopt corporate governance guidelines in accordance with the corporate governance rules of the NYSE.

102

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

Executive Compensation

This section discusses the material components of the executive compensation program for our executive officers who are named in the “2017 Summary Compensation Table” below. In 2017, our “named executive officers” and their positions were as follow:

•

Peter “Piotr” Dimitri Galitzine, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer;

•

Joel Mastervich, Vice President & Chief Operating Officer; and

•

Evgeny Makarov, Vice President & Chief Financial Officer.

We are an “emerging growth company,” within the meaning of the JOBS Act, and have elected to comply with the reduced compensation disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies under the JOBS Act.

2017 Summary Compensation Table


Name and Principal Position	Year		Salary ($)		Bonus (1)		Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($) (2)		All Other Compensation ($)			Total
Peter “Piotr” Dimitri Galitzine Chief Executive Officer		2017		780,000		—		1,857,074		150,854	(3)		2,787,928
Peter “Piotr” Dimitri Galitzine Chief Executive Officer		2016		780,000		—		245,000		306,180			1,331,180

Joel Mastervich Chief Operating Officer		2017		442,500		75,000		927,271		22,374	(4)		1,467,145
Joel Mastervich Chief Operating Officer		2016		430,000		75,000		111,026		12,875			628,901

Evgeny Makarov Chief Financial Officer		2017		322,833		78,000		670,710		57,000	(5)		1,128,543
Evgeny Makarov Chief Financial Officer		2016		312,000		78,000		59,704		66,827			516,531

(1)	Amounts shown include $75,000 supplemental cash bonuses paid to Mr. Mastervich in connection with the commencement of his employment with us in 2015 and cash retention bonus awards of $78,000 to Mr. Makarov.

(2)	Amounts shown include annual performance bonuses and cash-based long-term incentive awards for the performance period ended December 31, 2017. For additional information, refer to the discussion in the sections entitled “—Performance Bonuses” and “—Long-Term Incentive Plan” below.

(3)

Amount shown includes 401(k) matching contributions of $13,500, an executive medical allowance equal to $2,500, a tax preparation reimbursement of $9,415, the cost to us of $16,860 of fuel, maintenance and insurance associated with a company-owned car that Mr. Galitzine is entitled to use, the cost to us of $69,660 to employ a driver for Mr. Galitzine, $21,358 representing the cost to us of a company-owned car that is made available for Mr. Galitzine’s personal use, and payments of $17,561 in respect of club dues for Mr. Galitzine’s benefit. For additional information, refer to the discussion in the “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Additional Narrative Disclosure” below under the heading “—Retirement, Health, Welfare and Additional Benefits.”

(4)

Amount shown includes 401(k) matching contributions of $12,084, an executive medical allowance equal to $2,500, payments of $2,790 in respect of club dues for Mr. Mastervich’s benefit and a tax preparation allowance of $5,000. For additional information, refer to the discussion in the “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Additional Narrative Disclosure” below under the heading “—Retirement, Health, Welfare and Additional Benefits.”

(5)	Amount shown includes 401(k) matching contributions of $13,500, an executive medical allowance equal to $2,500, a tax preparation allowance of $5,000 and a housing allowance of $36,000. For additional

103

information, refer to the discussion in the “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Additional Narrative Disclosure” below under the heading “—Retirement, Health, Welfare and Additional Benefits.”

Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Additional Narrative Disclosure

The primary elements of compensation for our named executive officers are base salary, annual cash bonuses and, for Messrs. Galitzine and Mastervich, participation in a supplementary executive retirement plan. The named executive officers also participate in employee benefit plans and programs that we offer to our other full-time employees on the same basis and receive certain additional benefits and perquisites, as described below.

Base Salaries

We pay our named executive officers a base salary to compensate them for the satisfactory performance of services rendered to our company. The base salary payable to each named executive officer is intended to provide a fixed component of compensation reflecting the executive’s skill set, experience, role and responsibilities. Base salaries for our named executive officers have generally been set at levels deemed necessary to attract and retain individuals with superior talent and were originally established in each named executive officer’s employment agreement or offer letter. The following table shows the current annual base salaries for 2017 and 2018 of our named executive officers.


Name	2017 Annual Base Salary ($)⁽¹⁾		2018 Annual Base Salary($)⁽²⁾
Peter “Piotr” Dimitri Galitzine		780,000		800,000
Joel Mastervich		445,000		460,000
Evgeny Makarov		325,000		370,000

(1)	Base Salary amounts for Messrs. Mastervich and Makarov reflect increases in base salary that became effective March 1, 2017.

(2)	Base salary increases were effective April 1, 2018.

Performance Bonuses

Our named executive officers have the opportunity to earn annual cash bonuses to compensate them for attaining short-term company and individual performance goals. Bonus awards for performance in 2017 are set forth in the Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation column of the Summary Compensation Table above. Each named executive officer has an annual target bonus that is expressed as a percentage of his annual base salary. The target bonus percentages for our named executive officers were 70% for Mr. Galitzine, 50% for Mr. Mastervich and 50% for Mr. Makarov. Awards under our bonus plan for 2017 were generally based on financial and operational criteria, including our earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization expense, total shipments achieved, health, safety and environmental goals, contributions to our talent development and succession management efforts, department-level criteria and individual contributions; however the Board maintains ultimate discretion over all bonus payouts and no awards are paid unless approved by the Board.

Long-Term Incentive Plan

We have maintained a cash-based long-term incentive plan (the “LTIP”), pursuant to which our named executive officers are eligible to earn additional cash awards based on our financial performance over specified performance periods. Each participant in the LTIP is assigned a target award level and awards can be earned from 0% to 200% depending on performance. To the extent earned, awards are paid in the first quarter of the year following the end of the applicable performance period, which for the performance period ending on

104

December 31, 2017 was a single one year performance period. For the performance period ending December 31, 2017, awards were based on our absolute and relative return on capital employed as compared to a comparator group of 26 industrial companies selected by the Board. Awards under the LTIP earned based on the one year performance period ending on December 31, 2017 are set forth in the Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation column of the Summary Compensation Table above.

Supplementary Executive Retirement Plan

We sponsor a supplementary executive retirement plan (the “SERP”) pursuant to which selected highly-compensated employees, including Messrs. Galitzine, Mastervich and Makarov, are entitled to receive a retirement benefit in excess of the benefit provided under our 401(k) defined contribution plan. The SERP is an unfunded defined benefit retirement plan that provides for cash payments to participants following a separation of service with our company after attaining the age of 62. The SERP benefit is a lifetime benefit that is generally equal to 2% of the participant’s average annual earnings over the three years in which earnings were the highest, multiplied by his or her years of service with our company and its predecessors, less an amount equal to an actuarially-determined annuity equivalent of the total matching contributions (including earnings thereon) under our 401(k) defined contribution plan, assuming the participant had maximized all elective contributions under the plan. Payments under the SERP are paid monthly for the remainder of the participant’s life, with a minimum of 180 monthly payments, provided that the participant may elect to receive the retirement benefit in an actuarially equivalent lump sum payment. Executives who incur a separation of service with our company prior to attaining the age of 62 may receive a reduced benefit if certain conditions are met, provided that executives who incur a separation of service with our company within 24 months following a change in control of our company after attaining the age of 55 are entitled to receive the normal retirement benefit. Participants are always 100% vested in their retirement benefits under the SERP, provided that the participant’s entire benefit under the SERP will be forfeited in the event the participant is terminated by us for cause.

401(k), Health, Welfare and Additional Benefits

Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in our employee benefit plans and programs, including medical and dental benefits, flexible spending accounts, long-term care benefits, and short- and long-term disability and life insurance, to the same extent as our other full-time employees, subject to the terms and eligibility requirements of those plans. Each of our named executive officers was also entitled to receive an executive medical allowance equal to $2,500 in 2017.

We sponsor a 401(k) defined contribution plan in which our named executive officers may participate, subject to limits imposed by the Internal Revenue Code, to the same extent as our other full-time employees.

In addition to his regular annual salary and other compensation amounts, Mr. Galitzine is entitled to receive reimbursement and make-whole payments for certain state or local taxes incurred as a result of his significant travel obligations on behalf of the Company, other than taxes for services provided in the state of Texas. In addition, we also reimburse Messrs. Galitzine, Mastervich and Makarov for the cost of tax preparation services, up to a defined limit, which for 2017 was $35,000 for Mr. Galitzine, $5,000 for Mr. Mastervich and $5,000 for Mr. Makarov. The actual reimbursement amounts are described in the footnotes to the Summary Compensation Table above.

We also provide to Mr. Galitzine the use of a company-owned car and the services of a driver employed by us, and to Messrs. Galitzine and Mastervich, payment for certain club dues. We also provide a housing allowance of $3,000 per month to Mr. Makarov pursuant to his employment agreement.

Employment and Consulting Arrangements

We have entered into employment agreements or offer letters with each of our named executive officers. Certain key terms of these agreements are described below.

105

Peter “Piotr” Dimitri Galitzine

We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Galitzine on April 1, 2016, which has an initial term until December 31, 2022 and which will automatically renew for additional one year periods unless either Mr. Galitzine or we give at least 90 days’ notice of non-renewal to the other party. The agreement provides for an initial annual base salary in the amount of $780,000 and the opportunity to earn an annual performance-based bonus, with a target of 70% of base salary and maximum payment opportunity of 140% of base salary, subject to the achievement of performance goals determined in accordance with our annual bonus plan. Pursuant to the employment agreement, we have agreed to reimburse Mr. Galitzine for tax advice and consulting services (up to $35,000 per year) and to pay for all reasonable costs in connection with the purchase, use, maintenance and insurance of a company vehicle as well as a driver to transport Mr. Galitzine to and from the office, airports and on business trips. The employment agreement also entitles Mr. Galitzine to participate in the LTIP, with a target payment opportunity of 75% of his base salary, subject to the achievement of performance goals determined in accordance with the LTIP. Under his employment agreement, Mr. Galitzine is entitled to receive reimbursement and make-whole payments for certain state or local taxes incurred as a result of his significant travel obligations on behalf of the company, other than taxes for services provided in the state of Texas.

If Mr. Galitzine’s employment is terminated due to his death or incapacity, Mr. Galitzine (or, if applicable, his estate) will be entitled to receive a pro-rated annual bonus for the year of termination and accelerated vesting of a pro-rated basis of any outstanding performance units granted under the LTIP. If Mr. Galitzine’s employment is terminated by us for reasons other than “Misconduct” or by Mr. Galitzine for “Good Reason” (as such capitalized terms are defined in his employment agreement), then Mr. Galitzine will be entitled to receive twelve months of base salary continuation and continued medical, dental, vision and life insurance coverage, a pro-rated bonus for the year of termination, and accelerated vesting on a pro-rated basis of any outstanding performance units granted under the LTIP.

Mr. Galitzine has agreed to refrain from disclosing our confidential information during or at any time following his employment with us and, pursuant to a separate Confidentiality, Assignment and Non-Cooperation Agreement dated April 1, 2016, from competing with us or soliciting our employees or customers during his employment and for 12 months following the termination of his employment.

Joel Mastervich

We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Mastervich on March 3, 2015, which has a current term that will expire on December 31, 2018, and which will automatically renew for additional one year periods unless either Mr. Mastervich or we give at least 90 days’ notice of non-renewal to the other party. The agreement provides for an initial annual base salary in the amount of $430,000 and the opportunity to earn an annual performance-based bonus, with a target of 50% of base salary, subject to the achievement of performance goals determined in accordance with our annual bonus plan. The employment agreement also entitles Mr. Mastervich to participate in the LTIP, with a target payment opportunity of 75% of his base salary, subject to the achievement of performance goals determined in accordance with the LTIP. Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Mastervich was also entitled to receive three supplemental bonuses, each in the amount of $75,000, payable on each December 31 of 2015, 2016 and 2017, subject to his continued employment on each applicable payment date.

If Mr. Mastervich’s employment is terminated due to his death or incapacity, Mr. Mastervich (or, if applicable, his estate) will be entitled to receive a pro-rated annual bonus for the year of termination, accelerated vesting of a pro-rated basis of any outstanding performance units granted under the LTIP and any unpaid supplemental bonuses. If Mr. Mastervich’s employment is terminated by us for reasons other than “Misconduct” or by Mr. Mastervich for “Good Reason” (as such capitalized terms are defined in his employment agreement), then Mr. Mastervich will be entitled to receive twelve months of base salary continuation and continued medical, dental, vision and life insurance coverage, a pro-rated bonus for the year of termination, accelerated vesting on a

106

pro-rated basis of any outstanding performance units granted under the LTIP and any unpaid supplemental bonuses. Mr. Mastervich has agreed to refrain from disclosing our confidential information during or at any time following his employment with us and from competing with us or soliciting our employees or customers during his employment and for twelve months following termination of his employment.

Evgeny Makarov

Mr. Makarov is subject to an employment agreement, effective April 1, 2018. Mr. Makarov’s employment agreement will have an initial term until December 31, 2018, which will automatically renew for additional one year periods unless either Mr. Makarov or we give at least 90 days’ notice of non-renewal to the other party. Mr. Makarov may resign for Good Reason (as defined in his employment agreement) if we elect to not renew the agreement prior to the time Mr. Makarov has attained the age of 65. The agreement will provide for an initial annual base salary in the amount of $370,000 and the opportunity to earn an annual performance-based bonus, with a target of 50% of base salary, subject to the achievement of performance goals determined in accordance with our annual bonus plan. In addition, Mr. Makarov is eligible to receive a long-term cash incentive payment with a target of 75% of base salary, subject to the achievement of performance goals determined in accordance with our long-term incentive plan.

If Mr. Makarov’s employment is terminated due to his death or incapacity, Mr. Makarov (or, if applicable, his estate) will be entitled to receive a pro-rated annual bonus for the year of termination and accelerated vesting of a pro-rated basis (or, if such termination occurs within two years following a change in control, full accelerated vesting instead of on a pro-rated basis) of any outstanding equity or equity-based awards under the 2018 Plan (as defined below), with any awards subject to performance-based vesting conditions remaining subject to the attainment of the applicable performance goals. If Mr. Makarov’s employment is terminated by us for reasons other than “Misconduct” or by Mr. Makarov for “Good Reason” (as such capitalized terms are defined in his employment agreement), then Mr. Makarov will be entitled to receive (i) twelve months of base salary continuation and continued medical, dental, vision and life insurance coverage, (ii) a pro-rated bonus for the year of termination, and (iii) accelerated vesting of a pro-rated basis of any outstanding equity or equity-based awards under the 2018 Plan, with any awards subject to performance-based vesting conditions remaining subject to the attainment of the applicable performance goals, provided that if such termination occurs within two years following a change in control, in lieu of the foregoing, Mr. Makarov will be entitled to receive (i) a lump sum cash payment of an amount equal to his base salary plus target annual bonus for the year of termination, (ii) twelve months of continued medical, dental, vision and life insurance coverage, (iii) a pro-rated bonus for the year of termination, and (iii) full accelerated vesting of any outstanding equity or equity-based awards under the 2018 Plan, with any awards subject to performance-based vesting conditions remaining subject to the attainment of the applicable performance goals (unless a provision more favorable to Mr. Makarov is included in an applicable award agreement covering the outstanding equity award or we determine to treat him more favorably in connection with the change in control).

Mr. Makarov has agreed to refrain from disclosing our confidential information during or at any time following his employment with us and from competing with us or soliciting our employees or customers during his employment and for 12 months following termination of his employment.

Future Compensation Arrangements

In connection with the consummation of this offering, we expect to establish new and modified compensation arrangements for our executives, including our named executive officers. Such arrangements will be based on the company’s economic position and a review of compensatory arrangements entered into by similarly situated public companies and include input from the independent non-employee directors serving on our Board. We expect that these new arrangements may include the consolidation of items such as housing allowance into base pay, new or modified employment agreements with each of our named executive officers, as well as awards that will be granted pursuant to our 2018 Incentive Award Plan, which is described below under “Our Incentive Award Plan.” Such awards may be in addition to or in substitution for our historical compensation programs.

107

In addition, we expect that our Board will approve and that we will pay one-time or special incentive awards to certain of our employees and executives, including the named executive officers, to recognize their service and significant efforts in connection with the consummation of this offering. The aggregate value of such awards is expected to equal approximately 1% of the total net proceeds from this offering. We expect that 1/3 of each individual’s award will be paid in cash and the remaining 2/3 of each individual’s award will be in the form of restricted stock units pursuant to our 2018 Incentive Award Plan. The restricted stock units are expected to vest over two years following the consummation of this offering. We expect that the final aggregate value of such awards will be allocated approximately 30% to Mr. Galitzine, 9% to Mr. Mastervich and 11% to Mr. Makarov. The remaining 50% of awards are expected to be granted to other employees.

Our Incentive Award Plan

Effective prior to the first public trading date of our common stock, we will have adopted and our stockholders will have approved the 2018 Incentive Award Plan, or the 2018 Plan, under which we may grant cash and equity-based incentive awards to eligible service providers in order to attract, retain and motivate the persons who make important contributions to our company. The material terms of the 2018 Plan are summarized below.

Eligibility and Administration. Our employees, consultants and directors, and employees and consultants of our subsidiaries, will be eligible to receive awards under the 2018 Plan. The 2018 Plan will be administered by the Board, which may delegate its duties and responsibilities to one or more committees of our directors and/or officers (referred to collectively as the plan administrator below), subject to the limitations imposed under the 2018 Plan, Section 16 of the Exchange Act, stock exchange rules and other applicable laws. The plan administrator will have the authority to take all actions and make all determinations under the 2018 Plan, to interpret the 2018 Plan and award agreements and to adopt, amend and repeal rules for the administration of the 2018 Plan as it deems advisable. The plan administrator will also have the authority to determine which eligible service providers receive awards, grant awards and set the terms and conditions of all awards under the 2018 Plan, including any vesting and vesting acceleration provisions, subject to the conditions and limitations in the 2018 Plan.

Shares Available for Awards. An aggregate of shares of our common stock will initially be available for issuance under the 2018 Plan. No more than shares of common stock may be issued under the 2018 Plan upon the exercise of incentive stock options. Shares issued under the 2018 Plan may be authorized but unissued shares, shares purchased on the open market or treasury shares.

If an award under the 2018 Plan expires, lapses or is terminated, exchanged for cash, surrendered, repurchased, canceled without having been fully exercised or forfeited, then any unused shares subject to such an award will again be available for new grants under the 2018 Plan. Shares delivered to us by a participant to satisfy the applicable exercise price or purchase price of an award and/or to satisfy any applicable tax withholding obligations will become or again be available for awards under the 2018 Plan. Awards granted under the 2018 Plan in substitution for any options or other stock or stock-based awards granted by an entity before the entity’s merger or consolidation with us or our acquisition of the entity’s property or stock will not reduce the shares available for grant under the 2018 Plan, but will count against the maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options.

In addition, the maximum aggregate grant date fair value as determined in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 (or any successor thereto), of awards granted to any non-employee director for services as a director pursuant to the 2018 Plan during any fiscal year may not exceed $700,000 (or, in the fiscal year of any director’s initial service, $700,000). The plan administrator may, however, make exceptions to such limit on director compensation in extraordinary circumstances, subject to the limitations in the 2018 Plan.

Awards. The 2018 Plan provides for the grant of stock options, including incentive stock options, or ISOs, and nonqualified stock options, or NSOs, stock appreciation rights, or SARs, restricted stock, dividend equivalents, restricted stock units, or RSUs, and other stock or cash based awards. Certain awards under the 2018 Plan may constitute or provide for payment of “nonqualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code. All awards under the 2018 Plan will be set forth in award agreements, which will detail the terms and

108

conditions of awards, including any applicable vesting and payment terms and post-termination exercise limitations. A brief description of each award type follows.

•

Stock Options and SARs. Stock options provide for the purchase of shares of our common stock in the future at an exercise price set on the grant date. ISOs, by contrast to NSOs, may provide tax deferral beyond exercise and favorable capital gains tax treatment to their holders if certain holding period and other requirements of the Code are satisfied. SARs entitle their holder, upon exercise, to receive from us an amount equal to the appreciation of the shares subject to the award between the grant date and the exercise date. The plan administrator will determine the number of shares covered by each option and SAR, the exercise price of each option and SAR and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of each option and SAR. The exercise price of a stock option or SAR will not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the grant date (or 110% in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant stockholders). The term of a stock option or SAR may not be longer than ten years (or five years in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant stockholders).

•

Restricted Stock and RSUs. Restricted stock is an award of nontransferable shares of our common stock that remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met and which may be subject to a purchase price. RSUs are contractual promises to deliver shares of our common stock in the future, which may also remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met and may be accompanied by the right to receive the equivalent value of dividends paid on shares of our common stock prior to the delivery of the underlying shares. The plan administrator may provide that the delivery of the shares underlying RSUs will be deferred on a mandatory basis or at the election of the participant. The terms and conditions applicable to restricted stock and RSUs will be determined by the plan administrator, subject to the conditions and limitations contained in the 2018 Plan.

•

Other Stock or Cash Based Awards. Other stock or cash based awards are awards of cash, fully vested shares of our common stock and other awards valued wholly or partially by referring to, or otherwise based on, shares of our common stock or other property. Other stock or cash based awards may be granted to participants and may also be available as a payment form in the settlement of other awards, as standalone payments and as payment in lieu of compensation to which a participant is otherwise entitled. The plan administrator will determine the terms and conditions of other stock or cash based awards, which may include any purchase price, performance goal, transfer restrictions and vesting conditions.

Performance Criteria. The plan administrator may select performance criteria for an award to establish performance goals for a performance period. Performance criteria under the 2018 Plan may include, but are not limited to, the following: net earnings or losses (either before or after one or more of interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, and non-cash equity-based compensation expense); gross or net sales or revenue or sales or revenue growth; net income (either before or after taxes) or adjusted net income; profits (including but not limited to gross profits, net profits, profit growth, net operation profit or economic profit), profit return ratios or operating margin; budget or operating earnings (either before or after taxes or before or after allocation of corporate overhead and bonus); cash flow (including operating cash flow and free cash flow or cash flow return on capital); return on assets; return on capital or invested capital; cost of capital; return on stockholders’ equity; total stockholder return; return on sales; costs, reductions in costs and cost control measures; expenses; working capital; earnings or loss per share; adjusted earnings or loss per share; price per share or dividends per share (or appreciation in or maintenance of such price or dividends); regulatory achievements or compliance; implementation, completion or attainment of objectives relating to research, development, regulatory, commercial, or strategic milestones or developments; market share; economic value or economic value added models; division, group or corporate financial goals; customer satisfaction/growth; customer service; employee satisfaction; recruitment and maintenance of personnel; human resources management; supervision of litigation

109

and other legal matters; strategic partnerships and transactions; financial ratios (including those measuring liquidity, activity, profitability or leverage); debt levels or reductions; sales-related goals; financing and other capital raising transactions; cash on hand; acquisition activity; investment sourcing activity; safety and marketing initiatives, any of which may be measured in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or decrease. Such performance goals also may be based solely by reference to the company’s performance or the performance of a subsidiary, division, business segment or business unit of the company or a subsidiary, or based upon performance relative to performance of other companies or upon comparisons of any of the indicators of performance relative to performance of other companies. When determining performance goals, the plan administrator may provide for exclusion of the impact of an event or occurrence which the plan administrator determines should appropriately be excluded, including, without limitation, non-recurring charges or events, acquisitions or divestitures, changes in the corporate or capital structure, events unrelated to the business or outside of the control of management, foreign exchange considerations, and legal, regulatory, tax or accounting changes.

Certain Transactions. In connection with certain corporate transactions and events affecting our common stock, including a change in control, or change in any applicable laws or accounting principles, the plan administrator has broad discretion to take action under the 2018 Plan to prevent the dilution or enlargement of intended benefits, facilitate the transaction or event or give effect to the change in applicable laws or accounting principles. This includes cancelling awards for cash or property, accelerating the vesting of awards, providing for the assumption or substitution of awards by a successor entity, adjusting the number and type of shares subject to outstanding awards and/or with respect to which awards may be granted under the 2018 Plan and replacing or terminating awards under the 2018 Plan. In addition, in the event of certain non-reciprocal transactions with our stockholders, the plan administrator will make equitable adjustments to the 2018 Plan and outstanding awards as it deems appropriate to reflect the transaction.

Plan Amendment and Termination. The Board may amend or terminate the 2018 Plan at any time; however, no amendment, other than an amendment that increases the number of shares available under the 2018 Plan, may materially and adversely affect an award outstanding under the 2018 Plan without the consent of the affected participant and stockholder approval will be obtained for any amendment to the extent necessary to comply with applicable laws. Further, the plan administrator can, without the approval of our stockholders, amend any outstanding stock option or SAR to reduce its exercise price per share. The 2018 Plan will remain in effect until the tenth anniversary of the earlier of the date that the plan is approved by the Board or our stockholders, unless earlier terminated by the Board. No awards may be granted under the 2018 Plan after its termination.

Foreign Participants, Claw-Back Provisions, Transferability and Participant Payments. The plan administrator may modify awards granted to participants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States or establish subplans or procedures to address differences in laws, rules, regulations or customs of such foreign jurisdictions. All awards will be subject to any company claw-back policy as set forth in such claw-back policy or the applicable award agreement. Except as the plan administrator may determine or provide in an award agreement, awards under the 2018 Plan are generally non-transferrable, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, or, subject to the plan administrator’s consent, pursuant to a domestic relations order, and are generally exercisable only by the participant. With regard to tax withholding obligations arising in connection with awards under the 2018 Plan, and exercise price obligations arising in connection with the exercise of stock options under the 2018 Plan, the plan administrator may, in its discretion, accept cash, wire transfer or check, shares of our common stock that meet specified conditions, a promissory note, a “market sell order,” such other consideration as the plan administrator deems suitable or any combination of the foregoing.

Director Compensation

Our or our affiliates’ officers, employees, consultants or advisors who also serve as directors do not receive additional compensation for their service as directors. Our directors who are not our or our affiliates’

110

officers, employees, consultants or advisors, who we refer to as our non-employee directors, will receive cash and equity-based compensation for their services as directors.

We did not pay or accrue any director compensation for 2017 or prior periods. The Board has approved the initial terms of our non-employee director compensation program, which consists of the following:

•

an annual retainer of $80,000;

•

an additional annual retainer of $15,000 for service as the chair of any standing committee; and

•

an annual equity-based award granted under our 2018 Plan, having a value as of the grant date of approximately $120,000.

Directors will also receive reimbursement and advancement for out-of-pocket expenses associated with attending board or committee meetings and director and officer liability insurance coverage. Each director will be fully indemnified by us for actions associated with being a director to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law.

111

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of our common stock that, upon the consummation of this offering, will be owned by:

•

each person known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of any class of our outstanding common stock;

•

each member of the Board;

•

each of our named executive officers;

•

all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and

•

the selling stockholder.

The amounts and percentage of shares of common stock beneficially owned are reported on the basis of regulations of the SEC governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under the rules of the SEC, a person is deemed to be a “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has or shares “voting power,” which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting of such security, or “investment power,” which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, common stock subject to options or warrants held by that person that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of the date of this prospectus, if any, are deemed outstanding, but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Except as indicated by footnote, the persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to community property laws where applicable.

All information with respect to beneficial ownership has been furnished by the respective 5% or more stockholders, the selling stockholder, directors or executive officers, as the case may be. Unless otherwise noted, the mailing address of each listed beneficial owner is 10120 Houston Oaks Dr., Houston, Texas 77064.

112

The following table does not include any shares of common stock that directors and named executive officers may purchase in this offering through the directed share program described under “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest).”


Name of Beneficial Owner⁽¹⁾	Shares Beneficially Owned Before this Offering					Shares Being Offered		Shares Beneficially Owned After this Offering (Assuming No Exercise of the Underwriters’ Option to Purchase Additional Shares)				Shares Beneficially Owned After this Offering (Assuming the Underwriters’ Option to Purchase Additional Shares is Exercised in Full)
Name of Beneficial Owner⁽¹⁾	Number		Percentage			Shares Being Offered		Number		Percentage		Number		Percentage
Selling Stockholder and Other 5% Stockholders
PAO TMK⁽¹⁾				100	%						%				%

Directors and Named Executive Officers⁽²⁾
Peter “Piotr” Dimitri Galitzine		—		—			—		—		—		—		—
Evgeny Makarov		—		—			—		—		—		—		—
Joel Mastervich		—		—			—		—		—		—		—
Andrei Zimin		—		—			—		—		—		—		—
Alexander Pumpyanskiy		—		—			—		—		—		—		—
Vladimir Shmatovich		—		—			—		—		—		—		—
Anthony Tripodo		—		—			—		—		—		—		—
John Fees		—		—			—		—		—		—		—

All Directors and Executive Officers as a group (13 persons)		—		—			—		—		—		—		—

(1)

The address for PAO TMK is 40 Pokrovka Street, building 2A, 105062, Moscow, Russian Federation. PAO TMK is governed by a board of directors that includes eleven members, including Dmitry A. Pumpyanskiy, Mikhail Yu Alekseev, Anatoly B. Chubais, Robert Mark Foresman, Andrey Yu. Kaplunov, Sergey V. Kravchenko, Peter L. O’Brien, Sergey T. Papin, Alexander D. Pumpyanskiy, Alexander G. Shiryaev and Alexander N. Shokhin. The board of directors has authority to vote or dispose of the common stock held by PAO TMK.

(2)	The address for each of the directors and named executive officers is 10120 Houston Oaks Dr., Houston, TX 77064.

113

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Procedures for Review, Approval and Ratification of Related Person Transactions

The Board has adopted a written related party transactions policy that provides that the Audit Committee will review all transactions with related persons that are required to be disclosed under SEC rules and, when appropriate, initially authorize or ratify all such transactions. We have established an audit committee consisting solely of independent directors whose functions are set forth in the audit committee charter. One of the audit committee’s functions is to review and approve all relationships and transactions in which we and our directors and executive officers and their immediate family members, as well as holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities and their immediate family members, have a direct or indirect material interest. For example, our Audit Committee reviews and approve transactions and arrangements between us and the TMK Group.

The policy provides that, in determining whether or not to recommend the initial approval or ratification of a transaction with a related person, the Board or its authorized committee should consider all of the relevant facts and circumstances available. The policy also provides that, no less frequently than annually, the Audit Committee will review the general parameters of any supply arrangements between us and related persons, including the pricing methodology therein, and will approve or disapprove of those parameters after taking into account, among other factors the Audit Committee deems relevant, the consistency of those parameters with our overall business strategy and the interests of our unaffiliated stockholders. No less frequently than quarterly, the Audit Committee will review any purchases proposed to be made pursuant to any such supply arrangements during the applicable quarter to assess their consistency with the parameters set forth in the supply arrangements previously approved by the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee is similarly authorized to approve and review other ongoing arrangements between us and related persons, including with respect to research and development services and licensing agreements.

Relationship with PAO TMK and its Subsidiaries

Specifically, our import transactions pursuant to supply agreements occur in the context of a strategic relationship between us and the TMK Group. We primarily purchase seamless casing materials with an outside diameter of 7” to 13 3/8” from the TMK Group, allowing us to offer a full suite of seamless OCTG products to our customers. While we can produce this size range of welded OCTG in our domestic facilities, we cannot produce this size range of seamless OCTG in our domestic facilities. Some of our customers prefer or demand seamless OCTG in these size ranges for their applications. The sales of the pipe that we imported from the TMK Group during the three months ended March 31, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017 accounted for 13.0% and 14.7% of our revenue, respectively. We do not have a viable alternative source for the seamless products we purchase from the TMK Group, and we order these products from the TMK Group only when we believe we can obtain an appropriate margin upon resale of these products.

The research and development testing services we supply to the TMK Group also occur in the context of a strategic relationship between us and the TMK Group. The agreed price for the services pursuant to these transactions is based on our evaluation of the costs of such services and an appropriate margin.

The licensing agreements between us and the TMK Group also occur in the context of a strategic relationship between us and the TMK Group, and the prices charged to the TMK Group is the same as those we charge to unaffiliated third parties.

Relationship with OFS International LLC

TMK Steel Holding Limited, the parent company of PAO TMK, owns an indirect minority ownership interest in OFS International. Our subsidiaries have entered into transactions with OFS International and its

114

subsidiaries, including license agreements for sales, marketing and manufacturing, a third-party field service representative agreement and a sale of goods agreement. We also have in place a field services administration arrangement with OFS International. The following discussion of our various related party transactions includes detail regarding the agreements between us and our subsidiaries with OFS International and its subsidiaries.

Related Party Transactions

Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with the closing of this offering, we will enter into a registration rights agreement with PAO TMK. Pursuant to this registration rights agreement, we have agreed to register the sale of shares of our common stock under certain circumstances.

Demand Rights

At any time after the 180 day lock-up period described in “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)—No Sales of Similar Securities,” and subject to the limitations set forth below, PAO TMK (or its permitted transferees) has the right to require us by written notice to prepare and file a registration statement registering the offering and sale of its shares of common stock. Generally, we are required to file such registration statement within 30 days of such written notice. Subject to certain exceptions, we will not be obligated to effect a demand registration within 90 days after the closing of any underwritten offering of shares of our common stock or if a registration statement sufficient to permit offers and sales of the applicable securities is already effective and outstanding.

We are also not obligated to effect any demand registration in which the amount of common stock to be registered has an aggregate value of less than $50 million. Once we are eligible to effect a registration on Form S-3, any such demand registration may be for a shelf registration statement. We will be required to use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the effectiveness of any such registration statement until the earlier of (i) 180 days (or two years if a shelf registration statement is requested) after the effective date of the registration statement or (ii) the date on which all shares covered by such registration statement have been sold.

In addition, PAO TMK (or its permitted transferees) has the right to require us, subject to certain limitations, to effect a distribution of any or all of its shares of common stock by means of an underwritten offering. In general, any demand for an underwritten offering (other than the first requested underwritten offering made in respect of a prior demand registration, a requested underwritten offering made concurrently with a demand registration or a requested underwritten offering for less than certain specified amounts) will constitute a demand request subject to the limitations set forth above.

Piggyback Rights

Subject to certain exceptions, if at any time we propose to register an offering of common stock or conduct an underwritten offering, whether or not for our own account, then we must notify PAO TMK (or its permitted transferees) of such proposal at least five business days before the anticipated filing date or commencement of the underwritten offering, as applicable, to allow them to include a specified number of their shares in that registration statement or underwritten offering, as applicable.

Conditions and Limitations; Expenses

These registration rights are subject to certain conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares to be included in a registration and our right to delay or withdraw a registration statement under certain circumstances. We will generally pay all registration expenses in connection with our obligations under the registration rights agreement, regardless of whether a registration statement is filed or becomes effective.

115

Indemnification

Finally, we agree to indemnify PAO TMK (or its permitted transferees), its affiliates and their respective officers, directors and agents to the fullest extent permitted by law against liability that may arise out of or relate to untrue or alleged untrue statements of material fact or omissions or alleged omissions contained in any registration statement, prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto, unless the claim arises out of, is based upon or results from an untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission that was included in such registration statement, prospectus or amendment or supplement thereto in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to us for use in the preparation thereof by the person seeking indemnification.

Stockholders Agreement

In connection with this offering, we will enter into a stockholders agreement with PAO TMK as our principal stockholder. Pursuant to the stockholders agreement, the Board will initially consist of six directors, four of which are to be designated by PAO TMK. The stockholders agreement will provide PAO TMK certain rights to designate nominees for election to the Board. Subject to compliance with applicable law and stock exchange rules, for so long as PAO TMK beneficially owns at least 50% of our common stock then outstanding, it will be entitled to nominate for election to the Board a majority of the directors; for so long as PAO TMK beneficially owns at least 30% of our common stock then outstanding but less than 50% of our common stock then outstanding, it will be entitled to nominate for election to the Board a number equal to one director fewer than that number that would constitute a majority of the number of directors; for so long as PAO TMK beneficially owns at least 20% of our common stock then outstanding but less than 30% of our common stock then outstanding, it will be entitled to nominate for election to the Board the greater of two directors and 25% of the total number of directors (rounded up to the next whole number); for so long as PAO TMK beneficially owns at least 10% of our common stock then outstanding but less than 20% of our common stock then outstanding, it will be entitled to nominate for election to the Board the greater of one director and 15% of the total number of directors (rounded up to the next whole number); and for so long as PAO TMK beneficially owns at least 5% of our common stock then outstanding but less than 10% of our common stock then outstanding, it will be entitled to nominate one director for election to the Board. We will be required to take all action within our power to cause the nominees of PAO TMK to be included in the slate of nominees recommended by the Board to holders of our common stock for election as directors at each annual meeting of the holders of our common stock.

In the event that a vacancy is created at any time by the death, disability, retirement, resignation or removal of a director nominated by PAO TMK, or in the event that (i) a PAO TMK nominee is not elected and (ii) no other director is elected by stockholders instead of such nominee, PAO TMK will have the right to designate a replacement to fill such vacancy. In the event the size of the Board is increased or decreased at any time, the number of directors of the Board subject to nomination by PAO TMK pursuant to the terms of the stockholders agreement following such increase or decrease will equal the product of the total number of seats on the increased or decreased Board multiplied by the percentage of seats on the Board subject to PAO TMK’s nomination rights immediately prior to such increase or decrease, rounded up to the nearest whole number. For so long as PAO TMK has the right to nominate at least one director for election to the Board, we will take all action within our power to cause each committee of the Board to include at least one director nominated or designated by PAO TMK in its membership, subject to compliance with applicable securities laws and stock exchange rules. The stockholders agreement will also provide that, for so long as PAO TMK holds at least 50% of our outstanding common stock, we and our subsidiaries will not, without the approval of PAO TMK, enter into or agree to undertake any transaction that would constitute a change of control (as defined in the stockholders agreement), issue additional stock in the Company or any of its subsidiaries, other than in certain circumstances specified in the stockholders agreement, or change the size of the Board.

The stockholders agreement will terminate upon the earliest to occur of (a) the dissolution of the Company, (b) the date on which PAO TMK ceases to beneficially own at least 5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock and (c) the written agreement of the Company and PAO TMK.

116

Term Loan Facilities and Guarantees

On January 30, 2009, we entered into a $207.5 million term loan facility, or the Volzhsky Term Loan Facility, with Volzhsky Pipe Plant OSJC, an open stock joint company organized under the laws of the Russian Federation and a subsidiary of PAO TMK. As of December 31, 2017, we had no outstanding borrowings under the Volzhsky Term Loan Facility. We repaid the approximately $108.8 million of outstanding principal and the approximately $10.5 million of interest remaining under the Volzhsky Term Loan Facility during the year ended December 31, 2017. Following this repayment, the Volzhsky Term Loan was terminated.

On January 30, 2009, we entered into a $300 million term loan facility, or the PAO TMK Term Loan Facility, with PAO TMK, our parent. Subsequently, we amended the payment schedule, interest rate and term of the PAO TMK Term Loan Facility. As of December 31, 2017, we had no outstanding borrowings under the PAO TMK Term Loan Facility. The PAO TMK Term Loan Facility had a maturity date of June 23, 2023 and bore interest at a rate of 6.25% per annum. We repaid the approximately $281.6 million of outstanding principal and the approximately $27.4 million of interest remaining under the PAO TMK Term Loan Facility during the year ended December 31, 2017. Following this repayment, the PAO TMK Term Loan was terminated.

On January 25, 2011, PAO TMK entered into a loan agreement, or the 2011 Loan Agreement, with TMK Capital S.A., or TMK Capital, a special purpose vehicle of PAO TMK, in connection with the 7.75% loan participation notes due 2018, or the 2018 Notes, issued by TMK Capital under which we were a guarantor. As of March 31, 2018, there were no outstanding borrowings under the 2011 Loan Agreement. On January 29, 2018, the 2018 Notes were fully repaid.

On March 28, 2013, PAO TMK entered into a loan agreement, or the 2013 Loan Agreement, with TMK Capital in connection with the notes under which we were a guarantor. As of December 31, 2017, there were no outstanding borrowings under the 2013 Loan Agreement. On November 17, 2017, the 2013 Loan Agreement was amended to unconditionally release and discharge us from our guarantee obligations in respect of the 2013 Loan Agreement.

On January 30, 2015, we entered into a $5.0 million term loan facility, or the 2015 Term Loan Facility, with TMK Completions US, LLC, or TMK Completions, a subsidiary of our parent, under which we are the lender. As of December 31, 2017, TMK Completions had $0 of outstanding borrowings under the 2015 Term Loan Facility. The 2015 Term Loan Facility bore interest at a rate of 6.32% per annum. TMK Completions repaid all outstanding principal and interest on the facility during September 2017.

On August 16, 2016, we entered into a $14.0 million term loan facility, or the 2016 Term Loan Facility, with OFS International, under which we are the lender. As of December 31, 2017, OFS International had $0 of outstanding borrowings under the 2016 Term Loan Facility. The 2016 Term Loan Facility bore interest at a rate of 8.5% per annum. OFS International repaid all outstanding principal and interest on the facility during September 2017.

Purchase and Sale Transactions

Goods and Services Purchase and Sale Agreements

On December 15, 2011, TMK IPSCO International, L.L.C., or IPSCO International, our subsidiary, entered into a purchase and sale agreement with S.C. TMK-ARTROM S.A., or TMK-ARTROM, a subsidiary of PAO TMK, for the purchase and sale of steel pipe from time to time pursuant to individual purchase orders. The term of this agreement was extended by amendment to December 31, 2016. IPSCO International purchased an approximate aggregate amount of 2,500 tons of steel pipe for approximately $0 and $2.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, under this agreement.

117

On March 2, 2015, IPSCO International entered into a purchase and sale agreement with PAO TMK for the purchase and sale of steel pipe from time to time pursuant to individual purchase orders. This agreement will remain in force unless one party terminates the agreement upon 30 days’ written notice or the agreement is otherwise terminated pursuant to its terms. IPSCO International purchased an approximate aggregate amount of 185 tons of steel pipe for approximately $0 and $0.5 million during the three months ended March 31, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, respectively, under this agreement.

On March 2, 2015, IPSCO International entered into a second purchase and sale agreement with PAO TMK for the purchase and sale of steel pipe from time to time pursuant to individual purchase orders. This agreement will remain in force unless one party terminates the agreement upon 30 days’ written notice or the agreement is otherwise terminated pursuant to its terms. IPSCO International purchased an approximate aggregate amount of 8,333 tons of steel pipe for approximately $3.6 million and $2.5 million during the three months ended March 31, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, respectively, under this agreement.

On March 2, 2015, IPSCO International entered into a third purchase and sale agreement with PAO TMK for the purchase and sale of steel pipe from time to time pursuant to individual purchase orders. This agreement will remain in force unless one party terminates the agreement upon 30 days’ written notice or the agreement is otherwise terminated pursuant to its terms. IPSCO International purchased an approximate aggregate amount of 178,005 tons of steel pipe for approximately $26.9 million and $106.3 million during the three months ended March 31, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, respectively, under this agreement.

On September 26, 2016, IPSCO International entered into a sale of goods agreement with OFS International for the purchase by OFS International from us of coupling stock, couplings, heavy wall drill pipe, seamless line pipe and OCTG. Actual sales under this transaction totaled $39.4 million.

On January 3, 2018, OFS International sold us an EMI system for the inspection of pipe for $0.85 million.

We and our subsidiaries have also engaged in other transactions with OFS International and its subsidiaries. These transactions include the sale of goods and services, pursuant to individual purchase orders, to OFS International and its subsidiaries, including fishing tools and thread protectors, for which we have recorded approximately $0.7 million and $3.2 million in revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, respectively. These transactions also include the purchase of goods and services, pursuant to individual purchase orders, from OFS International and its subsidiaries, for which we have recorded approximately $4.6 million and $12.8 million in purchases for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, respectively.

Ultra Premium Services, L.L.C. (f/k/a Ultra Premium Oilfield Services, Ltd.), or Ultra, our subsidiary, and OFS International have entered into an Administrative Services Agreement, effective February 9, 2018, pursuant to which OFS International will administer certain administrative services between authorized third party field service representatives of Ultra. OFS International will be paid a percentage of amounts paid by customers to the third party field service representatives based on the type of administrative service OFS International provides.

We and our subsidiaries have also engaged in transactions with TMK Completions Ltd. and its subsidiaries. These transactions include the sale of pipe, pursuant to individual purchase orders, to TMK Completions Ltd. and its subsidiaries, for which we have recorded approximately $0 and $2.5 million in revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, respectively.

Equipment Purchase and Sale Agreement

On December 21, 2016, we entered into a purchase and sale agreement with Orsky Machine-Building Plant, or Orsky, a subsidiary of PAO TMK, for the purchase by Orsky from us of two lathes and related services

118

for total consideration of approximately $2.2 million. The agreement was terminated on August 31, 2017 due to a failure to obtain the requisite export license for the supply of the equipment.

License Agreements

On June 30, 2014, Ultra entered into a license agreement with Oilfield Services & Technologies, LLC, or OS&T, a subsidiary of OFS International, pursuant to which Ultra granted to OS&T a non-exclusive license to market, distribute, offer for sale and sell in the United States oilfield casing, tubing and other products patented by Ultra and manufactured by Ultra manufacturing facilities in Houston, Texas, Odessa, Texas or Brookfield, Ohio or a certain OS&T manufacturing facility in Houston, Texas. The license agreement also granted to OS&T a license in and to certain of Ultra’s proprietary technology and trademarks for use in connection with the marketing, distribution and sale of such products in the United States. OS&T agreed to pay Ultra a royalty ranging from $5.00 to $69.00 based on the type of product manufactured and sold using the specified licensed technology. On the same date, Ultra entered into a license agreement with OS&T, pursuant to which Ultra granted to OS&T a non-exclusive license in and to certain of Ultra’s proprietary technology and trademarks for use in connection with the manufacturing, threading or repair of oilfield casing, tubing and other products for Ultra or a licensed seller at a licensed manufacturing facility in Houston, Texas. The terms of each of these license agreements is one year, but these agreements are automatically renewed for an additional year unless terminated (i) by Ultra if OS&T breaches a covenant, representation or warranty and fails to cure, is adjudged bankrupt, has its assets placed in the hands of a receiver or makes any assignment or other accommodation for the benefit of creditors or (ii) by either party upon 30 days’ written notice.

On December 12, 2016, Ultra entered into a license agreement with OS&T, OFS International and Threading and Precision Manufacturing LLC, or Threading, a subsidiary of OFS International, pursuant to which Ultra granted to each of OS&T, OFS International and Threading a non-exclusive license to market, distribute, offer for sale and sell in the United States oilfield casing, tubing and other products patented by Ultra and manufactured by licensed manufacturing facilities. The license agreement also granted to OS&T, OFS International and Threading a license in and to certain of Ultra’s proprietary technology and trademarks for use in connection with the marketing, distribution and sale of such products in the United States. OS&T, OFS International and Threading agreed to pay Ultra a royalty ranging from $2.00 to $79.00 based on the type of product manufactured and sold using the specified licensed technology. On the same date, Ultra entered into a license agreement with OS&T, OFS International and Threading pursuant to which Ultra granted to each of OS&T, OFS International and Threading a non-exclusive license in and to certain of Ultra’s proprietary technology and trademarks for use in connection with the manufacturing, threading or repair of oilfield casing, tubing and other products for Ultra or a licensed seller at a licensed manufacturing facility. The term of each of these license agreements is one year, but these agreements are automatically renewed for an additional year unless terminated (i) by Ultra if OS&T, OFS International or Threading breaches a covenant, representation or warranty and fails to cure, is adjudged bankrupt, has its assets placed in the hands of a receiver or makes any assignment or other accommodation for the benefit of creditors or (ii) by either party upon 30 days’ written notice.

We have recorded approximately $0.5 million and $2.3 million in licensing revenues under these license agreements with OS&T, OFS International and Threading for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017.

On July 25, 2014, Ultra entered into a license agreement with TMK Premium Services, or TMK Premium, pursuant to which Ultra granted to TMK Premium a non-exclusive license for the use of connections “know-how” in exchange for a pay-per-use fee. In consideration of the license granted under the agreement, TMK Premium agreed to pay Ultra $25.00 each time it threads a product using Ultra’s connections technology. This license agreement has a perpetual term. We have recorded approximately $0.3 million and $0.7 million in licensing revenues under this agreement for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, respectively.

119

R&D Testing Services Agreements

On May 12, 2015, we entered into a services agreement with TMK Premium, pursuant to which we agreed to perform certain threaded connection testing services, other scientific research and design work objects testing and manufacturing activities for TMK Premium. This agreement terminated on December 31, 2017.

On July 7, 2016, we entered into a services agreement with TMK Premium, pursuant to which we agreed to perform certain threaded connections testing services and other scientific research and design work objects testing for TMK Premium. This agreement terminated on March 31, 2017.

On July 12, 2016, we entered into a services agreement with TMK Premium, pursuant to which we agreed to perform certain threaded connections testing services and other scientific research and design work objects testing for TMK Premium. This agreement terminated on December 31, 2017.

On August 4, 2016, we entered into a services agreement with TMK Premium, pursuant to which we agreed to perform certain threaded connections testing services and other scientific research and design work objects testing for TMK Premium. This agreement terminated on December 31, 2017.

On October 25, 2016, we entered into a services agreement with TMK Premium, pursuant to which we agreed to perform certain threaded connections testing services and other scientific research and design work objects testing for TMK Premium. This agreement terminated on December 31, 2017.

On December 5, 2016, we entered into a services agreement with TMK Premium, pursuant to which we agreed to perform certain threaded connections testing services and other scientific research and design work objects testing for TMK Premium. This agreement terminated on December 31, 2017.

On February 15, 2017, we entered into a services agreement with TMK Premium, pursuant to which we agreed to perform certain threaded connections testing services and other scientific research and design work objects testing for TMK Premium. This agreement terminates on December 31, 2018.

On February 21, 2017, we entered into a services agreement with TMK Premium, pursuant to which we agreed to perform certain threaded connections testing services and other scientific research and design work objects testing for TMK Premium. This agreement terminated on December 31, 2017.

On December 21, 2017, we entered into a services agreement with TMK Premium, pursuant to which we agreed to perform certain threaded connections testing services and other scientific research and design work objects testing for TMK Premium. This agreement terminates on December 31, 2018.

On January 12, 2018, we entered into a services agreement with TMK Premium, pursuant to which we agreed to perform certain threaded connections testing services and other scientific research and design work objects testing for TMK Premium. This agreement terminates on December 31, 2018.

On March 12, 2018, we entered into a services agreement with TMK Premium, pursuant to which we agreed to perform certain threaded connections testing services and other scientific research and design work objects testing for TMK Premium. This agreement terminates on December 31, 2018.

On March 16, 2018, we entered into two services agreements with TMK Premium, pursuant to which we agreed to perform certain threaded connections testing services and other scientific research and design work objects testing for TMK Premium. These agreements terminate on December 31, 2018.

We have recorded approximately $0.3 million and $1.6 million in revenues under these services agreements with TMK Premium for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, respectively.

120

Third Party Representative Agreement

On June 24, 2016, we entered into an agency agreement with TMK Industrial Solutions L.L.C., or TMK Industrial, a subsidiary of PAO TMK, pursuant to which we appointed TMK Industrial as our non-exclusive sales representative. The agreement, effective May 16, 2016, provides that we will pay to TMK Industrial a commission based on orders for steel pipe, stock or billets procured by TMK Industrial. We have recorded approximately $0.1 million and $0.9 million in expenses under this agreement for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, respectively.

Payment of Expenses Arrangement

During the three months ended March 31, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, we paid approximately $0 and $3.5 million, respectively, on behalf of TMK Completions to cover legal, compensation and other operating expenses incurred by TMK Completions. As of the date hereof, TMK Completions has reimbursed us for all amounts we paid on its behalf to cover such expenses.

Indemnification Agreements

Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. In addition, we have entered or intend to enter into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and certain officers. Each indemnification agreement provides or will provide, among other things, for indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL and our amended and restated bylaws against any and all expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement of any claim. The indemnification agreements provide or will provide for the advancement or payment of all expenses to the indemnitee and for reimbursement to us if it is found that such indemnitee is not entitled to such indemnification under applicable law or our amended and restated bylaws.

121

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

We are a Delaware corporation, formed on August 8, 1985. Upon completion of this offering and after giving effect to the Stock Split, the authorized capital stock of IPSCO Tubulars Inc. will consist of 300,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, of which shares will be issued and outstanding, and 30,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share, of which no shares will be issued and outstanding.

The following description of the anticipated amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws of IPSCO Tubulars Inc. does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of applicable law and to our anticipated amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Common Stock

Except as provided by law or in a preferred stock designation, holders of common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholder, will have the exclusive right to vote for the election or removal of directors, subject to the directors’ right to fill vacancies on the Board until a successor is duly elected and qualified, and do not have cumulative voting rights. Except as otherwise required by law, holders of common stock are not entitled to vote on any amendment to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of preferred stock) that relates solely to the terms of any outstanding series of preferred stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of preferred stock) or pursuant to the DGCL. Subject to prior rights and preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding shares or series of preferred stock or any statutory or contractual restrictions, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably in proportion to the shares of common stock held by them such dividends (payable in cash, stock or otherwise), if any, as may be declared from time to time by the Board out of funds legally available for dividend payments. All outstanding shares of common stock are fully paid and non-assessable. The holders of common stock have no preferences or rights of conversion, exchange, pre-emption or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our affairs, holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in our assets in proportion to the shares of common stock held by them that are remaining after payment or provision for payment of all of our debts and obligations and after distribution in full of preferential amounts to be distributed to holders of outstanding shares of preferred stock, if any.

Preferred Stock

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes the Board, subject to any limitations prescribed by law and in our stockholders agreement, without further stockholder approval, to establish and to issue from time to time one or more classes or series of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, covering up to an aggregate of 30,000,000 shares of preferred stock. Each class or series of preferred stock will cover the number of shares and will have the powers, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions determined by the Board, which may include, among others, dividend rights, liquidation preferences, voting rights, conversion rights, preemptive rights and redemption rights. A series of preferred stock authorized by the Board may be superior or rank equally or be junior to any other series of preferred stock to the extent permitted by law.

122

Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, our Amended and Restated Bylaws and Delaware Law

Some provisions of Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will contain provisions that could make the following transactions more difficult: acquisitions of us by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise or removal of our directors. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish or could deter transactions that stockholders may otherwise consider to be in their best interest or in our best interests, including transactions that might result in a premium over the market price for our shares.

These provisions are expected to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with us. We believe that the benefits of increased protection and our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging these proposals because, among other things, negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws

Among other things, upon the completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will:

•

establish advance notice procedures with regard to stockholder proposals relating to the nomination of candidates for election as directors or new business to be brought before meetings of our stockholders. These procedures provide that notice of stockholder proposals must be timely given in writing to our corporate secretary prior to the meeting at which the action is to be taken. Generally, to be timely, notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the annual meeting for the preceding year. Our amended and restated bylaws specify the requirements as to form and content of all stockholders’ notices. These requirements may preclude stockholders from bringing matters before the stockholders at an annual or special meeting;

•

provide the Board the ability to authorize undesignated preferred stock. This ability makes it possible for the Board to issue, without stockholder approval, preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deferring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our company;

•

subject to the stockholders agreement, provide that the size of the Board may be changed only by resolution of the Board;

•

subject to the stockholders agreement, provide that all vacancies, including newly created directorships, shall, except as otherwise required by law or, if applicable, the rights of holders of a series of preferred stock, be filled exclusively by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum;

•

provide that, after such time as PAO TMK ceases to beneficially own at least 50% of the voting power of the outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and may not be effected by any consent in writing in lieu of a meeting of such stockholders, subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock with respect to such series;

123

•

provide that, after such time as PAO TMK ceases to beneficially own at least 50% of the voting power of the outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote, our stockholders may only amend or repeal our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws with the affirmative vote of at least 66-2/3% of the voting power of the outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote, whereas, so long as PAO TMK continues to beneficially own at least 50% of the outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws may be amended or repealed by the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote;

•

provide that special meetings of our stockholders may only be called by the board of directors (except that PAO TMK may also call special meetings of our stockholders so long as PAO TMK beneficially owns at least 20% of the voting power of the outstanding shares of our stock); and

•

provide that our amended and restated bylaws can be amended or repealed by the board of directors.

Delaware Law

Section 203 of the DGCL prohibits a Delaware corporation, including those whose securities are listed for trading on the NYSE, from engaging in any business combination (as defined in Section 203) with any interested stockholder (as defined in Section 203) for a period of three years following the date that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

•

the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder is approved by the board of directors before the date the interested stockholder attained that status;

•

upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced; or

•

on or after such time the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at a meeting of stockholders by at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

A corporation may elect not to be subject to Section 203 of the DGCL. We have elected to not be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL.

Approval of Certain Significant Matters

Pursuant to the terms of the stockholders agreement, upon consummation of this offering, for so long as PAO TMK holds at least 50% of our outstanding common stock, PAO TMK must provide consent before we are permitted to enter into or agree to undertake any transaction that would constitute a change of control (as defined in the stockholders agreement), issue additional stock in the Company or any of our subsidiaries, other than in certain circumstances specified in the stockholders agreement, change the size of the Board. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement.”

Corporate Opportunity

Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, to the extent permitted by law:

•

the TMK Group and any of its principals, officers, members, managers and employees, including any of the foregoing who serve as our officers or directors (each, a “Covered Person”) will have the

124

right to carry on and conduct, directly or indirectly, business with any business that is competitive or in the same line of business as us, do business with any of our clients, customers, vendors or lessors, or make investments in the kind of property in which we may make investments;

•

the TMK Group or a Covered Person acquires knowledge of a potential transaction that could be a corporate opportunity for both (a) (i) the Covered Person in their capacity as an officer, director, employee, managing director or other affiliate of PAO TMK or (ii) the TMK Group and (b) us, neither the TMK Group nor any Covered Person will have a duty to offer such corporate opportunity to us;

•

we have renounced any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, such corporate opportunities; and

•

we have waived any claim against the TMK Group or any Covered Person and will indemnify, and will pay in advance any expenses incurred in defense of such claims by, the TMK Group or a Covered Person against any claim that the TMK Group or a Covered Person is liable to us, our affiliates or our stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty solely by reason of the fact that the TMK Group or a Covered Person (x) pursues or acquires any corporate opportunity for its own account or the account of any affiliate, (y) directs, recommends, sells, assigns, or otherwise transfers such corporate opportunity to another person or (z) does not communicate information regarding such corporate opportunity to us.

In addition to any approval or consent required by applicable law, these provisions may not be amended, modified or repealed without the prior written consent of PAO TMK.

Forum Selection

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be the sole and exclusive forum for:

•

any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf;

•

any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, employees or our stockholders;

•

any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; or

•

any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each such case subject to such Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also provide that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to this forum selection provision. However, it is possible that a court could find our forum selection provision to be inapplicable or unenforceable.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification Matters

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation limits the liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duty as directors.

125

Any amendment, repeal or modification of these provisions will be prospective only and would not affect any limitation on liability of a director for acts or omissions that occurred prior to any such amendment, repeal or modification.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws also provide that we will indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. We have entered or intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our current and future directors and officers. These agreements require or will require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL against liability that may arise by reason of their service to us, and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. We believe that the limitation of liability, indemnification and advancement of expenses provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the indemnification agreements will facilitate our ability to continue to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and officers. Finally, in addition to indemnification of officers and directors, our amended and restated bylaws also grant us the power to indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, other employees or agents of the Company against liability that may arise by reason of their service to us.

Indemnification Agreements

In addition, we have entered or intend to enter into separate indemnification agreements with of our directors and certain officers. Each indemnification agreement provides or will provide, among other things, for indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL and our amended and restated bylaws against any and all expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement of any claim. The indemnification agreements provide or will provide for the advancement or payment of all expenses to the indemnitee and for the reimbursement to us if it is found that such indemnitee is not entitled to such indemnification under applicable law and our amended and restated bylaws.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

Listing

We have been approved to list our common stock on the NYSE, subject to official notice of issuance, under the symbol “IPSC.”

126

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Future sales of our common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock at such time and our ability to raise equity-related capital at a time and price we deem appropriate.

Sales of Restricted Shares

Upon completion of this offering and after giving effect to the Stock Split, we will have outstanding an aggregate of shares of common stock. Of these shares, all of the shares of common stock to be sold in this offering (or shares assuming the underwriters exercise the option to purchase additional shares in full) will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless the shares are held by any of our “affiliates” as such term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. All remaining shares of common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as such term is defined under Rule 144. The restricted securities were, or will be, issued and sold by us in private transactions and are eligible for public sale only if registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below.

As a result of the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act, all of the shares of our common stock (excluding the shares to be sold in this offering) will be available for sale in the public market upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements, beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus (subject to extension) and when permitted under Rule 144 or Rule 701.

Lock-up Agreements

We, all of our directors and executive officers, the selling stockholder and certain affiliates will agree not to sell any common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions, including any shares such persons purchase under the directed share program. For a description of these lock-up provisions, please see the section entitled “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest).”

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act as currently in effect, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for a least six months (including any period of consecutive ownership of preceding non-affiliated holders) would be entitled to sell those shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. Such a non-affiliated person who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least one year would be entitled to sell those shares without regard to the provisions of Rule 144.

A person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is deemed to be an affiliate of ours and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of one percent of the then outstanding shares of our common stock or the average weekly trading volume of our common stock reported through NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of notice of the sale. Such sales are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

127

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 under the Securities Act, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchases shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of this offering is entitled to sell such shares 90 days after the effective date of this offering in reliance on Rule 144, without having to comply with the holding period requirement of Rule 144 and, in the case of non-affiliates, without having to comply with the public information, volume limitation or notice filing provisions of Rule 144. The SEC has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to typical stock options granted by an issuer before it becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, along with the shares acquired upon exercise of such options, including exercises after the date of this prospectus.

Stock Issued Under Employee Plans

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register stock issuable under our 2018 Incentive Award Plan. This registration statement on Form S-8 is expected to be filed following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and will be effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market following the effective date, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us, Rule 144 restrictions applicable to our affiliates or the lock-up restrictions described above.

Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with the closing of this offering, we will enter into a registration rights agreement with PAO TMK. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”

Stockholders Agreement

In connection with the closing of this offering, we will enter into a stockholders agreement with PAO TMK as our principal stockholder. Please read “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement.”

128

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax effects. The effects of other U.S. federal tax laws, such as estate and gift tax laws, and any applicable state, local or non-U.S. tax laws are not discussed. This discussion is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), in each case in effect as of the date hereof. These authorities may change or be subject to differing interpretations. Any such change or differing interpretation may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a Non-U.S. Holder and the continuing validity of this summary. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position to that discussed below regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

This discussion is limited to Non-U.S. Holders that hold our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to a Non-U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances, including the impact of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income. In addition, it does not address consequences relevant to Non-U.S. Holders subject to special rules, including, without limitation:

•

U.S. expatriates and former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

•

persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

•

persons holding our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle or other risk reduction strategy or as part of a conversion transaction or other integrated investment;

•

banks, insurance companies, and other financial institutions;

•

brokers, dealers or traders in securities;

•

“controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

•

partnerships or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and investors therein);

•

tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;

•

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

•

persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation;

•

persons subject to special tax accounting rules as a result of any item of gross income with respect to our common stock being taken into account in an applicable financial statement;

•

tax-qualified retirement plans; and

•

“qualified foreign pension funds” as defined in Section 897(l)(2) of the Code and entities all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds.

129

If an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner or an equity owner of such other entity will depend on the status of the partner or equity owner, the activities of the partnership or other entity and certain determinations made at the partner or equity owner level. Accordingly, entities treated as partnerships holding our common stock and the partners or equity owners in such partnerships or other entities should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to them.

THIS DISCUSSION IS A SUMMARY OF THE MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE. INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

Definition of a Non-U.S. Holder

For purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Holder” is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is neither a “U.S. person” nor an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. person is any person that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as any of the following:

•

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

•

a corporation created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

•

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

•

a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and one or more “United States persons” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (2) has a valid election in effect to be treated as a United States person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Distributions

If we make distributions of cash or property (other than certain stock distributions) on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Any portion of a distribution in excess of current or accumulated earnings and profits will constitute a return of capital and first be applied against and reduce a Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock, but not below zero. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain and will be treated as described below under “—Sale or Other Taxable Disposition.”

Subject to the discussions below on effectively connected income and FATCA, dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty, provided the Non-U.S. Holder furnishes a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable documentation) certifying qualification for the lower treaty rate). A Non-U.S. Holder that does not timely furnish the required documentation, but that qualifies for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under any applicable income tax treaty.

130

If dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such dividends are attributable), the Non-U.S. Holder will be exempt from the U.S. federal withholding tax described above. To claim the exemption, the Non-U.S. Holder must furnish to the applicable withholding agent a valid IRS Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States.

Any such effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected dividends, as adjusted for certain items. If the dividends are not subject to tax on a net income basis because of the application of a treaty, the 30% U.S. federal withholding tax described above, or such lower rate provided by the treaty, will nevertheless apply. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition

Subject to the discussion below under “—Information Reporting and Backup Withholding” and “—Additional Withholding Tax on Payments Made to Foreign Accounts,” a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax, including U.S. federal withholding tax, on any gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:

•

the gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such gain is attributable);

•

the Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition and certain other requirements are met; or

•

our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest (“USRPI”) by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation (“USRPHC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Gain described in the first and third bullet points above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates, unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected gain, as adjusted for certain items.

Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty), which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses of the Non-U.S. Holder (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided the Non-U.S. Holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe we currently are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends, however, on the fair market value of our USRPIs relative to the fair market value of our non-U.S. real property interests and our other business assets, there can be no assurance we currently are not a USRPHC or will not become one in the future. Even if we are or were to become a USRPHC, gain arising from the sale or other taxable disposition by a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax if our common stock is “regularly traded,” as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market, and such Non-U.S. Holder owned, actually and constructively, 5% or less of our common stock throughout the shorter of

131

the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or other taxable disposition or the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period. If we are determined to be a USRPHC and our common stock is not regularly traded on an established securities market, then a purchaser may be required to withhold 15% of the proceeds payable to a Non-U.S. holder from a sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock.

Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding potentially applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Payments of dividends on our common stock will not be subject to backup withholding, provided the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know the holder is a United States person and the holder either certifies its non-U.S. status, such as by furnishing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, W-8ECI or other applicable IRS form, or otherwise establishes an exemption. However, information returns are required to be filed with the IRS in connection with any dividends on our common stock paid to the Non-U.S. Holder, regardless of whether any tax was actually withheld. In addition, proceeds of the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related brokers generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting, if the applicable withholding agent receives the certification described above and does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a United States person, or the holder otherwise establishes an exemption.

Proceeds of a disposition of our common stock conducted through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker that does not have certain specified connections to the United States generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting.

Copies of information returns that are filed with the IRS may also be made available under the provisions of an applicable treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides or is established.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Additional Withholding Tax on Payments Made to Foreign Accounts

Withholding taxes may be imposed under Sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or “FATCA”) on certain types of payments made to non-U.S. financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities.

Specifically, a 30% withholding tax may be imposed on dividends on, or gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution” or a “non-financial foreign entity” (each as defined in the Code) (including, in some cases, when such foreign financial institutions or non-financial foreign entities are acting as intermediaries), unless (1) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations, (2) the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any “substantial United States owners” (as defined in the Code) or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial United States owner, or (3) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in (1) above, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertakes to identify accounts held by certain “specified United States persons” or “United States-owned foreign entities” (each as defined in the Code), annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on certain payments to non-compliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules.

132

Under the applicable Treasury Regulations and administrative guidance, withholding under FATCA generally applies to payments of dividends on our common stock, and will apply to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of such stock on or after January 1, 2019.

Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of withholding under FATCA to their investment in our common stock.

133

UNDERWRITING (CONFLICTS OF INTEREST)

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement among us, the selling stockholder and the underwriters, we and the selling stockholder have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us and the selling stockholder, the number of shares of common stock set forth opposite its name below.


Underwriter		Number of Shares
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
BTIG, LLC
UBS Securities LLC
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
Barclays Capital Inc.
Evercore Group L.L.C.

Total

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares of common stock sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares of common stock are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

We and the selling stockholder have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The underwriters are offering the common stock, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the common stock, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officer’s certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

Commissions and Discounts

The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer the common stock to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $ per share. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of the offering may be changed.

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to us and the selling stockholder. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option to purchase additional shares.

Per Share

Without Option

With Option

Public offering price

Underwriting discount paid by us⁽¹⁾

Proceeds, before expenses, to IPSCO Tubulars Inc.

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholder⁽¹⁾

134

(1)	We have agreed to pay the expenses incurred by the selling stockholder in connection with this offering, including the underwriting discounts and commissions otherwise payable by it to the underwriters for this offering.

The expenses of the offering, not including the underwriting discount, are estimated at $ million and are payable by us. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their expenses in connection with this offering including up to $20,000 for expenses relating to the clearance of this offering with FINRA and expenses of the qualified independent underwriter. The underwriters have agreed to reimburse us for certain expenses incurred by us in connection with this offering upon the closing of this offering.

Option to Purchase Additional Common Stock

We have granted an option to the underwriters, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to additional shares of common stock at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount. The option may be exercised only to cover any over-allotments of common stock. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares of common stock proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the above table. Any shares of common stock issued or sold under the option will be issued and sold on the same terms and conditions as the other shares of common stock that are the subject of this offering.

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 3% of the common stock offered by this prospectus for sale to persons who are directors, officers or employees of us or our affiliates and certain other persons with relationships with us and our affiliates. If these persons purchase reserved shares of common stock, the purchased shares of common stock will reduce the number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public. Any reserved shares of common stock that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares of common stock offered by this prospectus.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We and our executive officers, directors and the selling stockholder have agreed not to sell or transfer any shares of common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with shares of common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus, without first obtaining the written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

•

offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any shares;

•

sell any option or contract to purchase any shares;

•

purchase any option or contract to sell any shares;

•

grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any shares;

•

lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares;

•

request or demand that we file a registration statement related to the shares; or

135

•

enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any shares whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

This lock-up provision applies to shares of common stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or repayable with shares of common stock. It also applies to shares of common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition.

NYSE Listing

We have been approved to list our common stock on the NYSE, subject to official notice of issuance, under the symbol “IPSC.” In order to meet the requirements for listing on that exchange, the underwriters have undertaken to sell a minimum number of shares of common stock to a minimum number of beneficial owners as required by that exchange.

Determination of Offering Price

Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations between us, the selling stockholder and the representatives. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are:

•

the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the representatives believe to be comparable to us;

•

our financial information;

•

the history of, and the prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete;

•

an assessment of our management, its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues;

•

the present state of our development; and

•

the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

An active trading market for the common stock may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the common stock will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares of common stock in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit the underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing the shares. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the shares, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by

136

short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Distribution

In connection with the offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail.

Other Relationships

Affiliates of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated are lenders under our revolving credit facility. As described in “Use of Proceeds,” net proceeds from this offering will be used to repay outstanding borrowings under our revolving credit facility and an affiliate of each of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated will receive 5% or more of the net proceeds of this offering due to the repayment of borrowings under our revolving credit facility. Therefore, each of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated is deemed to have a conflict of interest within the meaning of FINRA Rule 5121(f)(5)(C)(i). Accordingly, this offering is being conducted in accordance with Rule 5121, which requires, among other things, that a “qualified independent underwriter”, as defined by the FINRA rules, participate in the preparation of, and exercise the usual standards of “due diligence” with respect to, the registration statement and this prospectus. Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC has agreed to act as a qualified independent underwriter for this offering and to undertake the legal responsibilities and liabilities of an underwriter under the Securities Act, specifically including those inherent in Section 11 thereof. Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC will not receive any additional fees for serving as a qualified independent underwriter in connection with this offering. We have agreed to indemnify Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC against liabilities incurred in connection with acting as a qualified independent underwriter, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

137

Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Sales Outside of the United States

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area (each, a “Member State”), no offer of ordinary shares which are the subject of the offering has been, or will be made to the public in that Member State, other than under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive:

(a)

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

(b)

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the Representatives for any such offer; or

(c)

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of ordinary shares referred to in (a) to (c) above shall result in a requirement for the Company or any Representative to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive, or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

Each person located in a Member State to whom any offer of ordinary shares is made or who receives any communication in respect of an offer of ordinary shares, or who initially acquires any ordinary shares will be deemed to have represented, warranted, acknowledged and agreed to and with each Representative and the Company that (1) it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive; and (2) in the case of any ordinary shares acquired by it as a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, the ordinary shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any Member State other than qualified investors, as that term is defined in the Prospectus Directive, or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the Representatives has been given to the offer or resale; or where ordinary shares have been acquired by it on behalf of persons in any Member State other than qualified investors, the offer of those ordinary shares to it is not treated under the Prospectus Directive as having been made to such persons.

The Company, the Representatives and their respective affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgments and agreements.

138

This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of shares in any Member State will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of shares. Accordingly any person making or intending to make an offer in that Member State of shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for the Company or any of the Representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer. Neither the Company nor the Representatives have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares in circumstances in which an obligation arises for the Company or the Representatives to publish a prospectus for such offer.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of ordinary shares to the public” in relation to any ordinary shares in any Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the ordinary shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the ordinary shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (as amended) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Member State.

The above selling restriction is in addition to any other selling restrictions set out below.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”) and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This document must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, relevant persons.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (“FINMA”), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type

139

specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the “Corporations Act”), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons (the “Exempt Investors”) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of twelve months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (i) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (ii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

The shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) and, accordingly, will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in

140

Japan, or for the benefit of any Japanese Person or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to any Japanese Person, except in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines promulgated by relevant Japanese governmental or regulatory authorities in effect at the relevant time. For the purposes of this paragraph, “Japanese Person” shall mean any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275, of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

(a)

a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

(b)

a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

(a)

to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

(b)

where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

(c)

where the transfer is by operation of law;

(d)

as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

(e)

as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada

The shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

141

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Russia

This prospectus or information contained herein are not an offer, or an invitation to make offers, sell, purchase, exchange or transfer any securities in the Russian Federation to or for the benefit of any Russian person or entity, and do not constitute an advertisement of offering of any securities in the Russian Federation within the meaning of Russian securities laws. Information contained in this prospectus is not intended for any persons in the Russian Federation who are not “qualified investors” within the meaning of Article 51.2 of the Federal Law no. 39-FZ “On the securities market” dated 22 April 1996, as amended (“Russian QIs”) and must not be distributed or circulated into Russia or made available in Russia to any persons who are not Russian QIs, unless and to the extent they are otherwise permitted to access such information under Russian law. The shares have not been and will not be registered in Russia and are not intended for “placement” and “circulation” in Russia (each as defined in Russian securities laws) unless and to the extent otherwise permitted under Russian law.

142

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us and the selling stockholder by Latham & Watkins LLP, Houston, Texas. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP, Houston, Texas.

143

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of IPSCO Tubulars Inc. (including the schedule) at December 31, 2017 and 2016 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2017, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP (“EY”), independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

Prior to the engagement of EY as IPSCO Tubulars Inc.’s independent registered public accounting firm under the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or PCAOB, another member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited (“EYG”) located in Russia was engaged to perform certain legal and expert services, provided primarily during and concluded in 2015, in Kazakhstan for PAO TMK, a parent entity of IPSCO Tubulars Inc. These services are inconsistent with the auditor independence rules of Regulation S-X and the PCOAB. The legal and expert services were not prohibited by the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants Code of Ethics then applicable to EY’s relationship with IPSCO Tubulars Inc. at the time the related services were provided. The services had no impact on the financial reporting of IPSCO Tubulars Inc. or the audits of IPSCO Tubulars Inc.’s consolidated financial statements. The total fees received by the EYG member firm for the legal and expert services provided to PAO TMK were insignificant in relation to total audit fees for PAO TMK or IPSCO Tubulars Inc. None of the professionals who provided the services mentioned above were members of the EY audit engagement team with respect to the audits of IPSCO Tubulars Inc.’s consolidated financial statements.

After careful consideration of the facts and circumstances and the applicable independence rules, EY has concluded that (i) the aforementioned matter does not impair EY’s ability to exercise objective and impartial judgment in connection with its audits of IPSCO Tubulars Inc.’s consolidated financial statements and (ii) a reasonable investor with knowledge of all relevant facts and circumstances would conclude that EY has been and is capable of exercising objective and impartial judgment on all issues encompassed within its audits of IPSCO Tubulars Inc.’s consolidated financial statements. After considering this matter, the audit committee of the board of directors of each of IPSCO Tubulars Inc. and PAO TMK concurred with EY’s conclusions.

144

WHERE YOU CAN FIND INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act relating to the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information regarding us and the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus, we refer you to the full registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. This prospectus summarizes provisions that we consider material of certain contracts and other documents to which we refer you. Because the summaries may not contain all of the information that you may find important, you should review the full text of those documents. A copy of the registration statement, of which this prospectus constitutes a part, including its exhibits and schedules, may be inspected without charge at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of the materials may also be obtained from the SEC at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Room. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.

The SEC maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports, information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. Our registration statement, of which this prospectus constitutes a part, can be downloaded from the SEC’s website. As a result of the offering, we will become subject to the full information requirements of the Exchange Act and will file with or furnish to the SEC periodic reports and other information. These reports and other information may be inspected and copied at the Public Reference Room maintained by the SEC or obtained from the SEC’s website as provided above. Following the completion of this offering, our website will be located at http://www.ipsco.com. We intend to make our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished to the SEC available, free of charge, through our website, as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Information on our website or any other website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and does not constitute a part of this prospectus.

We intend to furnish or make available to our stockholders annual reports containing our audited financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP. We also intend to furnish or make available to our stockholders quarterly reports containing our unaudited interim financial information, including the information required by Form 10-Q, for the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year.

145

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. Statements that are predictive in nature, that depend upon or refer to future events or conditions or that include the words “may,” “could,” “will,” “plan,” “project,” “budget,” “predict,” “pursue,” “target,” “seek,” “objective,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “estimate,” and other expressions that are predictions of or indicate future events and trends and that do not relate to historical matters identify forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements include statements about our business strategy, our industry, our future profitability, our expected capital expenditures and the impact of such expenditures on our performance, the costs of being a publicly traded corporation and our capital programs.

You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. A forward-looking statement may include a statement of the assumptions or bases underlying the forward-looking statement. We believe that we have chosen these assumptions or bases in good faith and that they are reasonable. Although forward-looking statements reflect our good faith beliefs at the time they are made, forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, including the factors described under “Risk Factors,” which may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to differ materially from anticipated future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. You should also understand that it is not possible to predict or identify all such factors and should not consider the following list to be a complete statement of all potential risks and uncertainties. Factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the results contemplated by such forward-looking statements include:

•

the level of capital spending and exploration and production activity within the United States;

•

the cyclical nature of the oil and gas industry, including declines in oil and natural gas prices;

•

increases in the costs of raw materials or our ability to obtain adequate materials from current suppliers;

•

declines in the price of or demand for steel pipe;

•

our ability to fund future operations and capital needs through borrowings or otherwise, including our ability to access additional capital in the future on acceptable terms;

•

our ability to adequately protect our intellectual property;

•

our reliance on certain manufacturing facilities;

•

our reliance on a small number of customers;

•

inaccurate production forecasts;

•

our ability to manage our capital expenditure costs;

•

the effects of competition in our business;

•

our ability to innovate and develop new products and techniques;

•

U.S. and non-U.S. governmental regulation, including environmental and safety laws and regulations, export controls and economic sanctions laws and regulations;

•

our ability to obtain, in a timely manner, permits and other operational necessities;

146

•

the availability of third-party transportation;

•

our ability to integrate any new acquisitions and any future expansions of our business;

•

our ability to protect our current information systems;

•

our ability to obtain adequate levels of insurance coverage;

•

adverse developments in our ability to hire and retain skilled employees;

•

our reliance on the experience and expertise of our senior management;

•

potential conflicts of interest between us and our affiliated companies in the TMK Group; and

•

the costs of being a public company, including Sarbanes-Oxley compliance.

We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events, changed circumstances or otherwise, unless required by law. These cautionary statements qualify all forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf.

147

GLOSSARY OF OIL AND GAS TERMS

The terms defined in this section are used throughout this prospectus:

American Society for Testing and Materials (“ASTM”). An international standards organization that develops and publishes voluntary consensus technical standards for a wide range of materials, products, systems and services.

Basin. A depression in the crust of the Earth in which sediments accumulate.

Bbl. Stock tank barrel, or 42 U.S. gallons liquid volume. Used to reference crude oil or other liquid hydrocarbons.

Billet. A metal in a semi-finished solid metal condition in a longer bar shape or form that was either directly cast or rolled from larger sections. This metal shape has either a round or square cross section, typically between 16 square inches and 50 square inches in size. The metal is then generally hot rolled into finished “long products,” including bars, channels, rods, and tubes.

British thermal unit (“Btu”). The quantity of heat required to raise the temperature of one pound of water by one degree Fahrenheit.

Casing. Pipe used to reinforce the walls of oil and gas wells.

Completion. The process of treating a drilled well followed by the installation of permanent equipment for the production of natural gas or oil, or in the case of a dry hole, the reporting of abandonment to the appropriate agency.

Conventional resource. A reservoir consisting of sandstone or carbonate rock that allows hydrocarbons to migrate and collect naturally. In a conventional reservoir, the hydrocarbons are typically held in place by a sealing caprock.

Coupling. A very short length of pipe or tube with a socket at one or both ends that allows two pipes or tubes to be joined together by threading, welding (steel), brazing or soldering.

Crude oil. Liquid hydrocarbons retrieved from geological structures underground to be refined into fuel sources.

Directional drilling. The intentional deviation of a wellbore from the path it would naturally take. This is accomplished through the use of whipstocks, bottomhole assembly (BHA) configurations, instruments to measure the path of the wellbore in three-dimensional space, data links to communicate measurements taken downhole to the surface, mud motors and special BHA components and drill bits, including rotary steerable systems, and drill bits. The directional driller also exploits drilling parameters such as weight on bit and rotary speed to deflect the bit away from the axis of the existing wellbore. In some cases, such as drilling steeply dipping formations or unpredictable deviation in conventional drilling operations, directional-drilling techniques may be employed to ensure that the hole is drilled vertically. While many techniques can accomplish this, the general concept is simple: point the bit in the direction that one wants to drill. The most common way is through the use of a bend near the bit in a downhole steerable mud motor. The bend points the bit in a direction different from the axis of the wellbore when the entire drill string is not rotating. By pumping mud through the mud motor, the bit turns while the drill string does not rotate, allowing the bit to drill in the direction it points. When a particular wellbore direction is achieved, that direction may be maintained by rotating the entire drill string (including the bent section) so that the bit does not drill in a single direction off the wellbore axis, but instead sweeps around and its net direction coincides with the existing wellbore. Rotary steerable tools allow steering while rotating, usually with higher rates of penetration and ultimately smoother boreholes.

A-1

Downhole. Pertaining to or in the wellbore (as opposed to being on the surface).

Drilling rig or rig. The machine used to drill a wellbore.

Drill pipe. Pipe used to drill a well. The drill pipe connects the rig surface equipment with the bottomhole assembly and the bit, both to pump drilling fluid to the bit and to be able to raise, lower and rotate the bottomhole assembly and bit.

Drill string. The combination of the drill pipe, the bottomhole assembly and any other tools used to make the drill bit turn at the bottom of the wellbore.

Electric arc furnace (“EAF”). A furnace used for steelmaking that consists of a refractory-lined vessel, usually water-cooled in larger sizes, covered with a retractable roof, and through which one or more graphite electrodes enter the furnace and melt scrap and other sources of metallics through the introduction of a large strong electric arc between the electrodes and the charged material.

EXW (Ex Works). A shipping term pursuant to which the seller makes goods available for pickup at their premises, or at another named place. EXW means that the buyer incurs the risk in bringing the goods to their final destination. Generally, unless otherwise agreed, if the seller loads the goods aboard a vessel to the named place, it does so at buyer’s risk and cost.

FCA (Free Carrier). A shipping term pursuant to which the seller delivers a specified quantity of goods, cleared for export, at a named place (possibly including the seller’s own premises). FCA means that the risk incurred in bringing the goods to their final destination passes from the seller to the buyer when the goods are loaded aboard the vessel to the named place.

Ferroalloy. An alloy of iron with one or more other metals, used in the production of steel.

Field. An area consisting of either a single reservoir or multiple reservoirs, all grouped on or related to the same individual geological structural feature and/or stratigraphic condition.

Finishing. The process of converting semi-finished green OCTG into finished OCTG via inspection, threading, heat treatment and upsetting.

Frac stage. A specified portion of the section of the wellbore that is being stimulated through hydraulic fracturing techniques.

GAAP. U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.

Gas or Natural gas. A mixture of hydrocarbons (principally methane, ethane, propane, butanes and pentanes), water vapor, hydrogen sulfide, carbon dioxide, helium, nitrogen and other chemicals that occur naturally underground in a gaseous state.

Green OCTG. Unfinished or semi-finished OCTG that meets some but not all requirements for API certification.

Heat treatment. A process in which a metal is heated to a certain temperature and then cooled in a particular manner and possibly reheated again to alter its internal structure in order to obtain the desired degree of physical and mechanical properties, such as increased strength or a change in brittleness, hardness and softness.

Henry Hub. A distribution hub on the natural gas pipeline system in Erath, Louisiana, owned by Sabine Pipe Line LLC, a subsidiary of EnLink Midstream Partners LP, who purchased the asset from Chevron Corporation in 2014, which is commonly used in quoting natural gas prices.

A-2

Hermeticity. The state of being airtight or gastight.

Horizontal drilling. A subset of the more general term “directional drilling,” used where the departure of the wellbore from vertical exceeds about 80 degrees. Note that some horizontal wells are designed such that after reaching true 90-degree horizontal, the wellbore may actually start drilling upward. In such cases, the angle past 90 degrees is continued, as in 95 degrees, rather than reporting it as deviation from vertical, which would then be 85 degrees. Because a horizontal well typically penetrates a greater length of the reservoir, it can offer significant production improvement over a vertical well.

Horizontal well. Wells drilled directionally horizontal to allow for development of structures not reachable through traditional vertical drilling mechanisms.

Hollow structure section (“HSS”). Pipe used for architectural and building purposes.

Hydraulic fracturing. A stimulation treatment routinely performed on oil and natural gas wells in low-permeability reservoirs. Specially engineered fluids are pumped at high pressure and rate into the reservoir interval to be treated, causing a vertical fracture to open. The wings of the fracture extend away from the wellbore in opposing directions according to the natural stresses within the formation. Proppant, such as grains of sand of a particular size, is mixed with the treatment fluid to keep the fracture open when the treatment is complete. Hydraulic fracturing creates high-conductivity communication with a large area of formation and bypasses any damage that may exist in the near-wellbore area.

Hydrocarbon. A naturally occurring organic compound comprising hydrogen and carbon. Hydrocarbons can be as simple as methane, but many are highly complex molecules, and can occur as gases, liquids or solids. Petroleum is a complex mixture of hydrocarbons. The most common hydrocarbons are natural gas, oil and coal.

Line pipe. Pipe used to transport hydrocarbons from wells to refineries, storage tanks and loading and distribution centers and to transport refined products.

LNG. Natural gas cooled to -163° centigrade, turning it into a liquid and reducing its volume to 1/600 of its volume in gaseous form.

Mandrel. A metal rod or bar around which material, such as steel or other types of metal, may be shaped.

MMBtu. Million British Thermal Units.

Natural gas liquids. Components of natural gas that are liquid at surface in field facilities or in gas-processing plants. Natural gas liquids can be classified according to their vapor pressures as low (condensate), intermediate (natural gasoline) and high (liquefied petroleum gas) vapor pressure.

Non-destructive testing. A method of testing that does not damage products.

Play. A set of discovered or prospective oil and/or natural gas accumulations sharing similar geologic, geographic and temporal properties, such as source rock, reservoir structure, timing, trapping mechanism and hydrocarbon type.

Proppant. Sized particles mixed with fracturing fluid to hold fractures open after a hydraulic fracturing treatment. In addition to naturally occurring sand grains, man-made or specially engineered proppants, such as resin-coated sand or high-strength ceramic materials like sintered bauxite, may also be used. Proppant materials are carefully sorted for size and sphericity to provide an efficient conduit for production of fluid from the reservoir to the wellbore.

A-3

Quench. The process of rapidly cooling red-hot metal or other material, especially in cold water or oil.

Reserves. Reserves are estimated remaining quantities of oil and natural gas and related substances anticipated to be economically producible, as of a given date, by application of development projects to known accumulations.

Reservoir. A porous and permeable underground formation containing a natural accumulation of producible natural gas and/or oil that is confined by impermeable rock or water barriers and is separate from other reservoirs.

Rolling. The process of shaping metal by passing it between revolving rolls.

Scanning electron microscopy (“SEM”) analysis. A process that offers quick mineralogical assessments and identifies major mineralogical trends. It produces an image that is acquired as an X-ray map using an electron microprobe. The image is then processed using image analysis software. Information is generated concerning mineral abundance, mineral grain size, liberation and association.

Shale. A fine-grained, fissile, sedimentary rock formed by consolidation of clay- and silt-sized particles into thin, relatively impermeable layers.

Temper. The process of improving the hardness and elasticity of steel or other metal by reheating and then cooling it.

Tons. 2,000 pounds.

Threading. Pipe threading is the machining of a spiral ridge on the end of a pipe that enables pipes to be joined together. For male fittings, this thread appears on the outer diameter of the pipe; if female, it appears on the inner diameter. By rotating a male pipe end into a female thread, the two pieces become joined.

Tubulars. A generic term pertaining to any type of pipe.

Unconventional resource. An umbrella term for oil and natural gas that is produced by means that do not meet the criteria for conventional production. At present, the term is used in reference to oil and gas resources whose porosity, permeability, fluid trapping mechanism or other characteristics differ from conventional sandstone and carbonate reservoirs. Coalbed methane, gas hydrates, oil and gas shales and tight sands are considered unconventional resources.

Upsetting. The tube upsetting process is the application of hot forging at the ends of the tubes between an inner and outer die. The upset increases the wall thickness on the ends of the tubes to provide the machining stock and strength necessary for joining the tubes together.

Wellbore. The hole drilled by a drilling rig to explore for or develop oil and/or natural gas.

WTI. West Texas Intermediate.

A-4

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


	Page Number
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm		F-2
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016		F-3
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016		F-4
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2017 and 2016		F-5
Consolidated Statements of Stockholder’s Equity for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016		F-6
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016		F-7
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements		F-8

Financial Statements Schedule
Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts		F-32

Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017		F-33
Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017		F-34
Unaudited Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017		F-35
Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Stockholder’s Equity for the three months ended March 31, 2018		F-36
Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017		F-37
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements		F-38

F-1

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of IPSCO Tubulars Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of IPSCO Tubulars Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholder’s equity, and cash flows, for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2017, and the related notes and schedule II (collectively referred to as the “financial statements“). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2017, in conformity with US generally accepted accounting principles.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures include examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2017.

Houston, Texas

March 9, 2018

F-2

IPSCO Tubulars Inc.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016


	2017			2016
Revenues:
Third party revenues	$	1,044,619,365		$	423,752,106
Related party revenues		8,037,700			46,566,748

Total revenue		1,052,657,065			470,318,854

Cost of sales		906,611,518			502,441,016
Cost of sales to related parties		3,474,506			37,070,001

Gross profit (loss)		142,571,041			(69,192,163	)
Sales and distribution expenses		18,218,948			30,552,331
General and administrative expenses		50,181,575			41,747,619
Research and development expenses		10,216,798			9,092,385
Loss on disposal of property and equipment		6,420,204			961,689

Income (loss) from operations		57,533,516			(151,546,187	)
Other income (expense):
Finance expense, net		(752,254	)		(2,929,419	)
Related party finance expense, net		(11,375,638	)		(26,141,663	)
Foreign exchange loss, net		(241,670	)		(37,768	)
Other income, net		6,385,683			331,345

Total other expense, net		(5,983,879	)		(28,777,505	)

Income (loss) before taxes		51,549,637			(180,323,692	)
Income tax (expense) benefit		(2,379,543	)		2,864,247

Net income (loss)	$	49,170,094		$	(177,459,445	)

Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share		3,125			(17,570	)

Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share

Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic and diluted		15,732			10,100

Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted

The Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements

F-3

IPSCO Tubulars Inc.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016


	2017			2016
NET INCOME (LOSS)	$	49,170,094		$	(177,459,445	)
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Net foreign currency translation adjustment		472,252			194,547
Change in value of cash flow hedge		—			78,501
Income tax		—			(35,302	)

	—			43,199
Net unrealized (loss) gain on available-for-sale securities		(3,482	)		36,995
Income tax		1,228			(12,208	)

		(2,254	)		24,787
Net change in pension liabilities		(111,366	)		(57,291	)

TOTAL OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME		358,632			205,242

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)	$	49,528,726		$	(177,254,203	)

The Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements

F-4

IPSCO Tubulars Inc.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016


	2017			2016
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	7,093,354		$	21,472,010
Trade and other receivables, net		84,128,278			37,976,557
Related party receivables		16,094,166			43,875,261
Related party loans including interest receivable		—			15,277,936
Inventories, net		333,138,170			192,858,259
Income tax receivable		10,433,197			10,053,979
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		9,349,671			4,389,820

Total current assets		460,236,836			325,903,822
Property, plant, and equipment, net		382,589,405			402,128,618
Other noncurrent assets:
Long term deposits and prepayments		405,131			8,392,217
Related party receivables		—			2,000,000
Intangibles, net		7,655,609			15,831,601
Other noncurrent assets		3,746,577			3,741,446
Total other noncurrent assets		11,807,317			29,965,264

Total assets	$	854,633,558		$	757,997,704

Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	126,489,427		$	58,801,962
Accrued liabilities		30,822,567			22,856,715
Related party payables		35,515,680			51,395,364
Deferred revenue		32,520,430			12,797,692
Current portion of interest bearing loans, net of unamortized debt issue costs		230,808			1,668,231
Current portion of related party long term debt		—			141,769,999
Finance lease liability		3,635,592			420,525
Income tax payable		1,041,667			—

Total current liabilities		230,256,171			289,710,488
Noncurrent liabilities:
Interest bearing loans, net of unamortized debt issue costs		71,644,188			706,297
Finance lease liability		7,369,258			106,918
Other noncurrent liabilities		11,190,192			9,793,197
Pension liabilities		1,628,192			1,081,321
Related party long term debt		—			274,143,962
Deferred tax liability		539,230			—

Total noncurrent liabilities		92,371,060			285,831,695
Stockholder’s equity:
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 19,000 shares authorized, 17,180 issued and outstanding (10,100 as of December 31, 2016)		172			101
Additional paid in capital		1,311,708,323			1,011,686,314
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(2,215,371	)		(2,574,003	)
Retained deficit		(777,486,797	)		(826,656,891	)

Total stockholder’s equity		532,006,327			182,455,521

Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity	$	854,633,558		$	757,997,704

The Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements

F-5

IPSCO Tubulars Inc.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016


	Common stock		Additional paid in capital		Retained deficit			Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)			Total stockholder’s equity
Balance, December 31, 2015	$	101	$	1,011,686,314	$	(649,197,446	)	$	(2,779,245	)	$	359,709,724
Other comprehensive income		—		—		—			205,242			205,242
Net loss		—		—		(177,459,445	)		—			(177,459,445	)

Balance, December 31, 2016	$	101	$	1,011,686,314	$	(826,656,891	)	$	(2,574,003	)	$	182,455,521

Issuance of common stock		71		300,022,009		—			—			300,022,080
Other comprehensive income		—		—		—			358,632			358,632
Net income		—		—		49,170,094			—			49,170,094

Balance, December 31, 2017	$	172	$	1,311,708,323	$	(777,486,797	)	$	(2,215,371	)	$	532,006,327

The Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements

F-6

IPSCO Tubulars Inc.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016


	2017			2016
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income (loss)	$	49,170,094		$	(177,459,445	)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization costs		55,278,229			71,674,631
Loss on disposal of property and equipment		6,420,204			961,689
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)		279,575			(3,166,710	)
Change in provision for bad debt accounts		(1,031,670	)		522,008
Change in net realizable value allowance		(25,908,623	)		13,036,754
Change in other provisions		12,571,560			(6,969	)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
(Increase) decrease in trade and other receivables		(26,307,869	)		3,791,393
Decrease (increase) in related party receivables		30,359,031			(27,445,364	)
(Increase) decrease in inventories		(114,916,321	)		78,326,300
Decrease (increase) in other assets		3,018,622			(10,060,053	)
Decrease in related party payables		(41,468,752	)		(40,643,739	)
Increase in accounts payable		67,059,772			39,156,152
Decrease in other liabilities		(2,252,801	)		(799,720	)

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities		12,271,051			(51,933,073	)
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchase of property, plant, and equipment		(19,968,557	)		(11,124,164	)
Proceeds from sale of property, plant, and equipment		1,204,216			239,499
Loans issued to related parties		(300,000	)		(14,000,000	)
Proceeds from repayment of loans issued to related parties		15,000,000			—

Net cash used in investing activities		(4,064,341	)		(24,884,665	)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from issuance of common stock		300,022,080			—
Proceeds from borrowings		71,620,044			—
Repayment of borrowings		(2,374,088	)		(81,876,227	)
Proceeds from related party debt		—			180,400,000
Repayment of debt from related parties		(390,324,893	)		—
Payments under capital lease obligations		(1,518,355	)		(429,600	)

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities		(22,575,212	)		98,094,173
Net foreign exchange difference		(10,154	)		(12,266	)
NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH		(14,378,656	)		21,264,169
CASH, beginning of period		21,472,010			207,841

CASH, end of period	$	7,093,354		$	21,472,010

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing activities
Additions to property, plant and equipment	$	18,244,355		$	752,278
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
Cash paid during the period for interest		130,923			2,313,765
Cash paid during the period for related party interest		37,921,403			1,512,814
Cash received during the period for income taxes		612,299			644,523

The Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements

F-7

NOTE 1. CORPORATE INFORMATION

IPSCO Tubulars Inc. (including its subsidiaries, the “Company”), is a subsidiary of PAO TMK (the “Parent”).

The Company is a producer and supplier of seamless and welded oil country tubular goods, or OCTG, with a proprietary suite of premium and semi-premium connections. The Company owns and operates production facilities in the United States and Canada where pipe is produced and finished with heat treating and threading. The primary markets for its products are U.S. and Canadian exploration and production companies. The Company also imports and sells seamless OCTG in sizes it doesn’t produce domestically from affiliated companies owned by the Parent.

NOTE 2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

2.1 Basis of Preparation and Principles of Consolidation

These consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared on a historical cost basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (GAAP) and include the accounts of all consolidated subsidiaries.

All intercompany transactions have been eliminated. There are no corporate services and information technology provided by the Parent, and such no allocations of expenses were made to the Company by the Parent.

2.2 Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported and contingent amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Such estimates include but are not limited to estimated losses on accounts receivable, estimated realizable value on inventory, estimated accruals for employee benefits, contingencies, litigation exposures, estimates related to fair value of a reporting unit or asset group for purposes of assessing for impairment and estimates related to deferred tax assets and liabilities, including valuation allowances on deferred tax assets. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

2.3 Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The Company’s cash balance includes restricted cash in the amount of $6.4 million, which represents the collateral for the existing letters of credit with the bank for various workers compensation requirements. In accordance with revolving credit facility agreement entered in December 2017, all of the existing letters of credit will be canceled within ninety days after the effective date of the revolving credit facility agreement and cash collateral will be released. New letters of credit will be issued under the terms of the revolving credit facility agreement.

2.4 Inventories

Inventories consist primarily of raw materials, work in process, finished goods, spare parts and supplies. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. The cost of inventories is determined on the weighted average basis and includes all costs in bringing the inventory to its present location and condition. The cost of work in progress and finished goods includes the purchase costs of raw materials and conversion costs such as direct labor and allocation of fixed and variable production overheads. The purchase costs comprise the purchase price, transport, handling and other costs directly attributable to the acquisition of inventories.

F-8

Net realizable value represents the estimated selling price for inventories less estimated costs to completion and selling costs. Where appropriate, an allowance for obsolete and slow-moving inventory is recognized. Estimates of the net realizable value are based on the most reliable information available at the time the estimates are made. These estimates take into consideration fluctuations of price or cost directly relating to events occurring subsequent to the end of reporting period to the extent that such events confirm conditions existing at the end of the period. An allowance for impairment of inventory to net realizable value and an allowance for obsolete and slow-moving inventory are included in the consolidated statements of operations as cost of sales.

2.5 Loans and Trade Accounts Receivable

The Company records loans and trade accounts receivable at net realizable value. This value includes an appropriate provision for estimated uncollectible accounts to reflect any loss anticipated on the loans and trade accounts receivable balances and charged to the provision for doubtful accounts. Provision for doubtful accounts represents the Company’s estimates of losses that could arise from the failure and inability of customers to make payments when due. These estimates are based on the aging of customers’ balances, specific credit circumstances, current economic conditions and the Company’s historical doubtful debts experience. Changes in the economy, industry or specific customer conditions may require adjustments to the provision for doubtful accounts recorded in the consolidated financial statements. Provisions for doubtful trade accounts receivable are included in selling and distribution expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

Typical payment terms under customer arrangements are net 30 days, and discounts are provided for payments made within the first 10 days. The Company estimates the amount of the expected sales discounts to be utilized by customers and includes that amount to the net realizable value calculation of trade accounts receivable.

2.6 Available-for-Sale Investments

The Company maintains an irrevocable grantor’s trust to hold assets intended to fund benefit obligations under certain salary continuation agreements. The Company has recognized a liability related to the obligation to pay these benefits to the former executives who were employees of predecessor companies.

The assets of the trust consist of exchange traded securities and exchange mutual funds and are classified as available-for-sale investments. The assets are recorded at fair value on the balance sheets in other noncurrent assets based on observable market prices from active markets. Net realized gain and losses are included in earnings during the period in which assets are liquidated to meet benefit payment obligations. Net unrealized gains and losses are recognized in other comprehensive income in the appropriate period corresponding to the net change in the fair value of the assets held in the trust.

Benefit obligation under salary continuation agreements is the present value of the obligation at the end of the reporting period which is determined by discounting the estimated future cash outflows using the Ryan ALM Above Median Curve as of the measurement date.

2.7 Property, Plant, and Equipment

Property, plant, and equipment are stated at historical cost, net of accumulated depreciation and impairment, if any. Costs incurred to replace a component of an item of property, plant, and equipment that is recognized separately are capitalized. Subsequent costs are capitalized only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will be realized and the costs can be measured reliably. All other repair and maintenance costs are recognized in the profit or loss as an expense when incurred.

F-9

Average depreciation periods, which represent estimated useful economic lives of respective assets, are as follows:


Land		Not depreciated
Buildings		Up to 30 years
Machinery and equipment		Up to 25 years
Furniture and fixtures		Up to 5 years
Other		Up to 20 years

Depreciation expense for the manufacturing facilities, machinery and equipment is included in cost of sales and depreciation expense for other property, plant and equipment is included in selling, general and administrative expenses, and research and development expenses.

When the Company retires or disposes of an asset, the Company removes its cost and related accumulated depreciation from the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. The Company records the difference between the net book value and proceeds from disposition as a gain or loss on the consolidated statement of operations.

Property, plant and equipment are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recorded in the period in which it is determined that the carrying amount is not recoverable based on estimated future undiscounted cash flows. The carrying value of assets used in operations that are not recoverable is reduced to fair value if lower than carrying value. To determine the fair value of these assets, a variety of methodologies can be used including discounted cash flow models. The determination of future cash flows as well as the estimated fair values involves significant estimates on the part of management.

2.8 Intangible Assets

Intangible assets are measured on initial recognition at cost. The cost of intangible assets acquired in a business combination is the fair value at the date of acquisition. Following initial recognition, intangible assets are carried at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses, if any. The useful lives of intangible assets are assessed as either finite or indefinite.

Intangible assets with finite lives (except for customer relationships) are amortized over the estimated useful economic life using the straight-line method over the period of 2-8 years. Customer relationships are amortized on an accelerated basis to reflect the pattern of the economic benefits received. Amortization expense of intangible assets is recognized in the consolidated statement of operations in the expense category consistent with the function of an intangible asset.

Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized, they are tested for impairment annually at the reporting unit level. When facts and circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the asset is impaired, then the fair value of the intangible asset is calculated and the quantitative impairment test is performed. The impairment loss recognized is the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset or asset group exceeds the fair value. To determine the fair value of these assets, a variety of methodologies can be used including discounted cash flow models. The determination of future cash flows as well as the estimated fair values involve significant estimates on the part of management.

2.9 Employee Benefits Liability

The pension liabilities recognized in the consolidated balance sheets in respect of the Company’s unfunded post-employment employee benefits are defined as the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the end of the reporting period. The defined benefit obligation is calculated by external actuaries using the projected unit credit method. The present value of the defined benefit obligation is determined by discounting the estimated

F-10

future cash outflows using the Ryan ALM Above Median Curve as of the measurement date. An actuarial valuation involves making various assumptions that may differ from actual developments in the future. These include the determination of the discount rate, salary increases, the projected mortality of participants and the current level and the projected retirement age. In the event that further changes in the key assumptions are required, the future amounts of the employment benefit costs may be affected materially.

Actuarial gains and losses that arise during the year are recognized as a component of other comprehensive income. If the beginning of the year net gain or loss exceeds the corridor amount, the net gain or loss is subsequently amortized out of accumulated other comprehensive income and becomes a component of net pension costs in the consolidated statements of operations. The “corridor” is defined as 10 percent of the greater of the projected benefit obligation or the market related value of plan assets. Amortization is the excess (beyond the corridor) divided by the average remaining service period of active employees expected to receive benefits.

2.10 Contingencies

The Company accrues for costs relating to litigation when such liabilities become probable and reasonably estimable. Such estimates may consider advice from third parties, amounts specified by contract, amounts designated by legal statue or management’s judgment, as appropriate. Revisions to contingent liabilities are reflected in profit or loss in the period in which different facts or information become known or circumstances change that affect the Company’s previous assumptions with respect to the likelihood or amount of loss. Amounts paid upon the ultimate resolution of contingent liabilities may be materially different from previous estimates and could require adjustments to the estimated reserves to be recognized in the period such new information becomes known.

2.11 Foreign Currency

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at period end exchange rates are generally recognized in the consolidated statement of operations. Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the date of the initial transactions.

For subsidiaries outside the U.S., the local currency is the functional currency. The financial statements of such subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars as follows: (i) assets and liabilities at period-end exchange rates; (ii) income and expenses at monthly average exchange rates or exchange rates in effect on the date of the transaction. Translation adjustments are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) within stockholder’s equity.

2.12 Environmental Provision

Environmental remediation and post-remediation monitoring costs are accrued when such obligations become probable and reasonably estimable. Such future expenditures are not discounted to their present value and included in other noncurrent liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets (except for the current portion which is included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities). See Note 12 Asset Retirement Obligations and Environmental Liabilities, for further discussion of the Company’s environmental liabilities.

2.13 Asset Retirement Obligations

Asset retirement obligations associated with legal or contractual obligations to retire long-lived assets are included in other noncurrent liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets with an increase to the carrying amounts of the related long-lived assets in the period incurred. The cost of the asset, including the asset

F-11

retirement cost, is depreciated over the useful life of the asset. Asset retirement obligations are recorded at estimated fair value upon initial recognition, measured by reference to the expected future cash outflows required to satisfy the retirement obligations discounted at the Company’s credit-adjusted risk-free interest rate. Accretion expense is recognized over time as the discounted liabilities are accreted to their expected settlement value. If estimated future costs of asset retirement obligations change, an adjustment is recorded to both the asset retirement obligations and the long-lived asset. Revisions to estimated asset retirement obligations can result from changes in retirement cost estimates, revisions to estimated inflation rates, and changes in the estimated timing of abandonment.

2.14 Leases

Certain assets have been leased under terms which constitute a capital lease. Such assets are amortized using the straight-line method over the term of the lease or over the useful life and amortization expense is included with depreciation expense of the Company’s owned long-lived assets. Interest expense is recognized using the effective interest method based on outstanding lease obligations.

2.15 Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue, net of sales taxes, rebates and discounts, once the following four criteria are met: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) delivery of the products has occurred or the customer has taken title and risk of loss or services have been rendered, (iii) the price of the equipment or service is fixed or determinable and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured.

For bill-and-hold arrangements revenue is recognized upon delivery to the customers. Prior to the products being in the physical possession of the customer, recognition of revenue and related inventory costs from these transactions are deferred. The Company recognizes deferred revenue for cash receipts from customers with respect to the bill-and-hold arrangements.

2.16 Shipping and Handling Costs

Shipping and handling costs related to the movement of finished goods from manufacturing locations to customers are recognized net of customers’ reimbursements and included in selling and distribution expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. During the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company recorded shipping costs of $0.0 million and $0.4 million, respectively.

2.17 Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs are comprised of the cost of materials consumed, depreciation of equipment or facilities used, contracted service, salaries, wages, and other related costs of personnel engaged in research and development activities. These costs are expensed when incurred.

2.18 Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred taxes are measured using enacted tax laws and rates expected to be in effect when such differences are recovered or settled. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred taxes is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date of the change.

Income tax expense includes U.S. and foreign income taxes, including U.S. federal taxes on undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries to the extent such earnings are planned to be remitted. Taxes are not provided on the translation component of comprehensive income since the effect of translation is not considered to modify the amount of earnings that are planned to be remitted.

F-12

The Company evaluates all tax positions taken on its federal, state, and foreign tax filings to determine if the position is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination. For positions that meet the more likely than not to be sustained criteria, the largest amount of benefit to be realized upon ultimate settlement is determined on a cumulative probability basis. A previously recognized tax position is derecognized when it is subsequently determined that a tax position no longer meets the more likely than not threshold to be sustained. Interest related and penalties on a tax position taken by the Company are reflected as a component of other expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

In accordance with SAB 118, the Company recognized provisional tax impacts related to deemed repatriated earnings and included these amounts in the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017. The ultimate impact may differ from these provisional amounts, possibly materially, due to, among other things, additional analysis, changes in interpretations and assumptions the Company has made, additional regulatory guidance that may be issued, and actions we may take as a result of the Act.

2.19 New Accounting Standards

New accounting standards already adopted by the Company

On July 22, 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11, Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory (ASU 2015-11). ASU 2015-11 requires an entity to measure most inventory at the lower of cost and net realizable value, thereby simplifying the current guidance under which an entity must measure inventory at the lower of cost or market. ASU 2015-11 does not apply to inventories that are measured using either the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method or the retail inventory method. ASU 2015-11 is effective for public entities for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years; early application is permitted. The Company elected to adopt the standards update beginning January 1, 2015.

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17, Income Taxes: Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes, which changes the presentation of deferred taxes on the consolidated balance sheet. The updated guidance requires all deferred tax assets and liabilities, along with any related valuation allowance, be classified as noncurrent on the consolidated balance sheet. The standards update is effective for annual and interim periods beginning December 15, 2016 with early adoption permitted. The Company elected to adopt the standards update beginning January 1, 2015, resulting in deferred taxes being classified as noncurrent.

On August 27, 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-15, Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern (ASU 2014-15). ASU 2014-15 explicitly requires management to assess an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures in certain circumstances. The standard provides guidance regarding management’s responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern or to provide related footnote disclosures. ASU 2014-15 is effective for all entities for interim and annual periods ending after December 15, 2016; early adoption is permitted. The Company elected to adopt ASU 2014-15 beginning January 1, 2016.

New accounting standards not yet adopted by the Company

In March 2017, the FASB issued Accounting Standard Update (ASU) No. 2017-07, Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost (ASU 2017-07). This update requires that an employer reports the service cost component in the same line item as other compensation costs and separately from other components of net benefit cost. ASU 2017-07 is effective for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and for interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company does not expect any impact of the adoption of ASU No. 2017-07 on its consolidated balance sheets and results of operations.

F-13

On February 25, 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (ASU 2016-02). ASU 2016-02 supersedes prior lease accounting guidance. Under ASU 2016-02, for operating leases, a lessee should recognize its right to use the underlying asset for the lease term, recognize a single lease cost which is allocated over the lease term (generally on a straight line basis), and classify all cash payments within the operating activities in the consolidated statement of cash flows. For finance leases, a lessee is required to recognize a right-of-use asset and a lease liability; recognize interest on the lease liability separately from amortization of the right-of-use asset; and classify repayments of the principal portion of the lease liability within financing activities and payments of interest on the lease liability within the operating activities in the statement of cash flows. For leases with a term of 12 months or less, a lessee is permitted to make an accounting policy election not to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities. In addition, at the inception of a contract, an entity should determine whether the contract is or contains a lease. ASU 2016-02 is effective for public entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years, using a modified retrospective approach. The Company is evaluating the consolidated financial statement implications of adopting ASU 2016-02.

On May 28, 2014, the FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contract with Customers (ASU 2014-09). ASU 2014-09 outlines a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes most current revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. On August 12, 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-04, Revenue from Contracts with Customers—Deferral of the Effective Date (ASU 2015-14). ASU 2015-14 defers the effective date of ASU 2014-09 to annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period, and only permits entities to adopt the standard one year earlier as of annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. There are two allowable methods of adopting the new standard: 1) full retrospective applies the standard to each period presented in the financial statements, and 2) modified retrospective applies the standard to only the most current period presented, with a cumulative effect adjustment recorded to retained earnings. The adoption of the new standard will have a material impact on revenue with respect to the bill-and-hold arrangements as the Company will recognize revenue earlier than it currently does. The Company will adopt ASU 2014-09 and its amendments on a modified retrospective basis effective January 1, 2018, by recognizing the cumulative effect of initially applying the new standard as an increase to the opening balance of retained earnings. The Company expects this adjustment to be approximately a $13 million increase in retained earnings (approximately $60 million of revenue not recognized under the current revenue recognition standard and approximately $47 million of respective cost of the inventory). The Company is also implementing changes to the processes related to revenue recognition and the control activities within them and financial statement disclosures.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, Financial Instruments—Overall—Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (ASU 2016-01). This new standard requires, among other things, that entities measure equity investments (except those accounted for under the equity method of accounting or those that result in consolidation of the investee) at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in net income. Under ASU 2016-01, entities will no longer be able to recognize unrealized holding gains and losses on equity securities classified today as available for sale in other comprehensive income and they will no longer be able to use the cost method of accounting for equity securities that do not have readily determinable fair values. This new standard does not change the guidance for classifying and measuring investments in debt securities and loans. ASU 2016-01 is effective for the Company on January 1, 2018. The Company does not anticipate a material impact on its consolidated financial statements at the time of adoption of this new standard.

NOTE 3. BUSINESS AND CREDIT CONCENTRATIONS

The Company is exposed to credit risk in the event of nonpayment by customers, principally within the oil and gas market as well as other industrial markets. Changes in these industries may significantly affect the Company’s financial performance and management’s estimates. The Company mitigates its exposure to credit

F-14

risk by performing ongoing credit evaluations and, when deemed necessary, requiring letters of credit, credit insurance, prepayments, guarantees and other collateral.

The majority of the Company’s customers are located in North America. In 2017, B&L Pipeco Services, Inc., CTAP LLC, and Sooner Pipe LLC accounted for 21%, 18% and 17%, respectively, of the Company’s revenues. In 2016, Sooner Pipe LLC and B&L Pipeco Services, Inc. accounted for 21% and 14%, respectively, of the Company’s revenues. The aggregate outstanding receivables for these customers totaled $42.1 million and $19.8 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.

The Company’s financial instruments that are subject to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. At times during the year, the amounts of cash and cash equivalents on deposit may be in excess of insured limits.

NOTE 4. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

Receivables as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 consisted of the following:


	2017			2016
Trade receivables	$	85,105,903		$	40,225,864
Other receivables		431,791			191,779
Allowance for doubtful accounts		(1,409,416	)		(2,441,086	)

Total receivables	$	84,128,278		$	37,976,557

NOTE 5. INVENTORIES

Inventories by category as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 are as follows:


	2017			2016
Finished goods	$	148,731,897		$	85,633,753
Work in process		110,777,141			99,180,594
Raw materials and supplies		59,374,514			20,515,589
Spare parts and other		48,564,246			47,746,574

	367,447,798			253,076,510

Allowance for net realizable value of inventory		(34,309,628	)		(60,218,251	)

Total inventory	$	333,138,170		$	192,858,259

Work in process and finished goods include cost of materials, labor, and manufacturing overhead. Included in finished goods is inventory held by the Company for bill-and-hold arrangements.

During 2017, the Company relieved the net realizable value allowance in the amount of $25.9 million due to sales of inventory, for which the allowance had been previously recognized. During 2016, the Company recognized inventory charges, including excess and obsolete inventory charges totaling $13.0 million. These charges were largely attributable to the downturn in the oil and gas industry, where inventory production costs exceed its current selling price or certain inventory has been deemed commercially unviable considering current and future demand.

F-15

The following table summarizes the changes in the allowance for net realizable value of inventory:


	2017			2016
Balance at January 1	$	60,218,251		$	47,181,497
(Decrease) increase in allowance	$	(25,908,623	)		13,036,754

Balance at December 31	$	34,309,628		$	60,218,251

NOTE 6. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Major classes of property, plant, and equipment as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 are shown in the following table:


	2017			2016
Land	$	23,307,801		$	24,398,128
Buildings		127,216,202			128,359,831
Machinery and equipment		583,248,324			573,401,648
Furniture and fixtures		19,859,937			19,857,798
Vehicles		677,661			673,137
Construction in progress		41,485,594			30,106,741

Total		795,795,519			776,797,283
Less accumulated depreciation		(413,206,114	)		(374,668,665	)

Plant, property, and equipment, net	$	382,589,405		$	402,128,618

Depreciation expense was $47.1 million and $50.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. There were no impairments in 2017 and 2016.

NOTE 7. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Intangible assets as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 are detailed below:


	Trademarks			Proprietary technology			Customer relationships			Total
Useful lives	Indefinite			9 years			11 years
December 31, 2016
Gross carrying amount	$	208,700,000		$	14,100,000		$	472,300,000		$	695,100,000
Accumulated amortization		—			(14,100,000	)		(463,341,399	)		(477,441,399	)
Accumulated impairment		(201,827,000	)		—			—			(201,827,000	)

Net amount	$	6,873,000		$	—		$	8,958,601		$	15,831,601

December 31, 2017
Gross carrying amount	$	208,700,000		$	14,100,000		$	472,300,000		$	695,100,000
Accumulated amortization		—			(14,100,000	)		(471,517,391	)		(485,617,391	)
Accumulated impairment		(201,827,000	)		—			—			(201,827,000	)

Net amount	$	6,873,000		$	—		$	782,609		$	7,655,609

F-16

Amortization expense was $8.2 million and $21.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Future estimated amortization expense for the next five years is expected to be as follows:


Year	Amount
2018	$	782,609
2019		—
2020		—
2021		—
2022		—

Total	$	782,609

See Note 14 for discussion of impairments to intangibles.

NOTE 8. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 consisted of the following:


	2017		2016
Trade payables	$	121,588,401	$	55,872,862
Payables for property, plant and equipment		4,901,026		2,929,100

Total accounts payables		126,489,427		58,801,962
Provision for bonuses		13,543,373		2,448,323
Salaries and wages		5,182,746		2,582,954
Insurance		2,016,878		1,662,795
Property tax		1,831,742		6,358,412
Legal contingency obligations		1,500,000		1,500,000
Sales rebates payable		1,138,065		2,916,816
Other liabilities and provisions		5,609,763		5,387,415

Total accrued liabilities		30,822,567		22,856,715

Total accounts payable and accrued liabilities	$	157,311,994	$	81,658,677

NOTE 9. LEASES

The Company leases certain facilities, office space, vehicles, machinery, and other equipment under capital and operating leases. Rental expenses for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 were $8.7 and $8.5 million, respectively. Future minimum commitments for operating leases and capital leases having initial non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year are as follows:


Year	Operating Leases		Capital Leases
2018	$	3,279,465	$	4,294,937
2019		3,072,142		3,268,613
2020		2,956,975		4,654,213
2021		2,865,944		22,822
2022		2,387,382		39,746
Thereafter		3,126,204		—
Total minimum lease payments		17,688,112		12,280,331
Less Interest		—		(1,275,481	)

Lease obligations at December 31, 2017	$	17,688,112	$	11,004,850

F-17

In April 2013, the Company entered into a five year capital lease agreement with Tuboscope, a division of National Oilwell Varco, L.P., which installed a non-destructive testing system at the Baytown facility to provide tubular inspection services. The gross value of the equipment under capital lease was $2.0 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016. The accumulated depreciation for these items was $1.3 million and $1.0 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, and depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 amounted to $0.3 million and $0.3 million, respectively.

During 2017, the Company entered into several capital lease agreements with various vendors to lease mobile equipment at its facilities. The gross value of the equipment under capital leases was $11.7 million as of December 31, 2017. The accumulated depreciation and depreciation expense for these items at December 31, 2017 and for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $0.6 million.

NOTE 10. INTEREST BEARING LOANS


	December 31, 2017		December 31, 2016
Bank loan, principal payable at maturity, interest payable monthly, maturity in December 2022		73,299,491		—
Bank loan, interest at 4.99%, principal and interest payable monthly, maturity in May 2018		—		2,383,961
Parent company loan, interest at 8.5% through March 2017, then 7.2% through August 2017, then 6.25% principal and interest payable monthly, maturity in June 2023		—		298,469,666
Loan from the other subsidiary of TMK, interest at 8.5%, principal and interest payable monthly, maturity in February 2019		—		117,444,295

Total		73,299,491		418,297,922
Less current portion, net of unamortized debt issue costs		—		117,839,290
Less interest		230,808		25,598,940
Less debt issuance costs		1,424,495		9,433

Long-term debt	$	71,644,188	$	274,850,259

In August 2011, the Company entered into a credit agreement with a financial institution providing a $270,000,000 line of credit (“Credit Agreement”). Credit Agreement included a revolver, term loan and letter of credit sub-facility. Outstanding borrowings for the London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR rate, loan under the Credit Agreement bore interest at a rate equal to the LIBOR rate plus the LIBOR rate margin and otherwise base rate plus the base rate margin. Weighted-average interest rate was 3.7% in 2016. Interest expense on borrowings under the Credit Agreement totaled $2,089,436 for the year ended December 31, 2016. All amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement were paid in full in August 2016.

The Company entered into a series of loan agreements in April 2013 with General Electric Capital Corporation (GE Capital) whereby the Company financed the purchase of certain equipment from GE Capital. Borrowings mature on May 1, 2018 and bore an interest rate of 4.99%, with principal and loan payments due monthly as defined within the agreements. All amounts due under the loan agreements were secured by the underlying equipment. These loans were subsequently sold by GE Capital to a bank. Interest expense on borrowings under these loan agreements amounted to $73,092 and $154,877 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Principal loan balance outstanding under these loans as of December 31, 2016 amounted to $2,374,089. Debt issuance costs amounted to $9,433 as of December 31, 2016. All amounts outstanding were paid in full in December 2017.

In December 2017, the Company entered into a credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with certain lenders and an administrative agent providing for a $125,000,000 secured credit facility (the “revolving credit

F-18

facility”). The proceeds were used to repay intercompany indebtedness. The revolving credit facility matures on December 7, 2022 and borrowings thereunder bear interest at a rate of (i) the administrative agent’s prime rate and may be adjusted by the administrative agent from time to time, plus a margin ranging from 0.00% to 0.25%, and/or (ii) the one, two, three or six month LIBOR rate plus a margin ranging from 1.75% to 2.25%. The weighted-average interest rate in December 2017 was 3.57%. Interest expense and accrued interest on borrowings under the revolving credit facility totaled $230,808 for the year ended and as of December 31, 2017. As of December 31, 2017, the outstanding principal balance on the borrowings was $73,068,683. Debt issuance costs amounted to $1,424,495 as of December 31, 2017. All of the obligations under the revolving credit facility are secured by the assets of the Company. The Credit Agreement contains a number of customary covenants. As of December 31, 2017, the Company was in compliance with these covenants under the Credit Agreement.

NOTE 11. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Transactions with the Parent

The following table provides balances as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 with the Parent:


	2017		2016
Trade and other payables	$	34,940,476	$	49,069,088
Long-term debt including interest payable		—		298,469,666

The following table provides the summary of transactions for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 with the Parent:


	2017		2016
Interest expense	$	10,474,478	$	17,431,277

In January 2009, the Company entered into a 30-month $300,000,000 unsecured term loan with the Parent in order to fund the acquisition of certain companies that constitute the Company today. Subsequently, several amendments were made to this loan agreement to change the payment schedule, interest rate and extend the term of loan through June 2023. Also, during 2016, the Company received $180,400,000 under the existing term loan to repay the Company’s outstanding indebtedness under its asset-based loan facility with U.S. banks to prevent default thereunder and to finance its working capital needs. The loan provisions contained no covenants and allowed the Company to make early repayments of the loan, but there was no right for the Parent to require early repayments. At December 31, 2016, borrowings outstanding on this term loan amounted to $281,567,568 and accrued interest amounted to $16,902,098. Borrowings under the loan agreement bore interest at 8.5%. Interest expense totaled $10,474,478 for the year ended December 31, 2017. All amounts outstanding were paid in full in December 2017.

Transactions with other subsidiaries of PAO TMK

During years 2017 and 2016, the Company had transactions with other subsidiaries of PAO TMK. The following table provides balances as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 with other subsidiaries of PAO TMK:


	2017		2016
Trade and other receivables	$	498,846	$	7,627,866
Trade and other payables		6,351		1,344,429
Loans issued including interest receivable		—		785,215
Long-term debt including interest payable		—		117,444,295

F-19

The following table provides the summary of transactions for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 with other subsidiaries of PAO TMK:


	2017		2016
Sale of goods	$	2,500,546	$	1,742,954
Rendering of services, licensing fees		2,319,151		1,407,727
Purchase of other goods and services		110,335,854		54,670,944
Interest income		61,365		44,977
Interest expense		1,857,857		9,244,373

Payment terms for the sale of goods were consistent with those provided to third parties except for discounts. The Company provides certain threaded connections testing and other testing services to other subsidiaries of PAO TMK.

In January 2009, the Company entered into a 30-month $207,542,000 unsecured term loan with a wholly owned subsidiary of PAO TMK in order to fund the acquisition of certain companies that constitute the Company today. Subsequently, several amendments were made to this loan agreement to change the payment schedule, interest rate and extend the term of loan through February 2019. The loan provisions contained no covenants and allowed the Company to make early repayments of the loan. At December 31, 2016, borrowings outstanding on this term loan amounted to $108,757,325, and accrued interest amounted to $8,686,970 for the year ended December 31, 2016. Borrowings under the loan agreement bore interest at 8.5%. Interest expense totaled $1,857,857 for the year ended December 31, 2017. All amounts outstanding were paid in full in March 2017.

In January 2015, the Company entered into a credit agreement with another wholly owned subsidiary of PAO TMK. Under the credit agreement the Company provided a $5,000,000 revolving line of credit for working capital and general corporate purposes. The line of credit key terms included interest at 6.32% per annum for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 8.5% per annum for the year ended December 31, 2017. The outstanding balance for the loan issued as of December 31, 2016 was $700,000. The outstanding balance for the interest receivable as of December 31, 2016 was $85,215. All amounts outstanding were received by the Company in full in September 2017.

Transactions with OFS International LLC:

The Company has engaged in transactions with OFS International LLC (“OFSI”) and its subsidiaries, which include the sales and purchases of goods and services, licensing fees for proprietary technologies and trademarks. OFSI was a subsidiary of PAO TMK until September 2016 when the majority interest was sold by PAO TMK. OFSI is now an affiliate of both the Company and PAO TMK.

The following table provides balances as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 with OFSI:


	2017		2016
Trade and other receivables	$	15,595,320	$	38,247,395
Trade and other payables		568,853		981,847
Loans issued including interest receivable		—		14,492,721

The following table provides the summary of transactions for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 with OFSI:


	2017		2016
Sale of goods	$	866,861	$	42,803,714
Rendering of services, licensing fees		2,351,142		612,353
Purchase of other goods and services		12,819,000		9,284,852
Interest income		895,332		489,010

F-20

The Company provided extended payment terms for the sale of goods to OFSI made in September 2016. Based on the agreed schedule, there are four quarterly installment payments beginning in the fourth quarter of 2016. Payment terms for the sale of goods to OSFI in 2017 were consistent with those provided to third parties except for discounts.

In August 2016, the Company issued an unsecured loan to OFSI. Under the loan agreement, the Company provided a $14,000,000 line of credit for working capital and general corporate purposes. The line of credit key terms included interest at 8.5% per annum payable at maturity of the loan in September 2017. The outstanding balance for the loan issued as of December 31, 2016 was $14,000,000. Interest income on borrowings under the loan agreement for the year ended December 31, 2016 amounted to $492,721 and included in related party finance expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations. All amounts outstanding were received by the Company in full in September 2017.

NOTE 12. ASSET RETIREMENT OBLIGATIONS AND ENVIRONMENTAL LIABILITIES

The Company’s asset retirement obligations consist primarily of future site abandonment and remediation costs related to a cooling pond at one of the Company’s facilities. The following table represents a roll forward of the Company’s asset retirement obligation:


	2017		2016
Beginning balance at January 1	$	2,873,809	$	2,716,131
Accretion expense	$	167,681		157,678

Ending balance	$	3,041,490	$	2,873,809

As of December 31, 2017, and 2016, the Company had the following environmental liabilities:

•

Annual groundwater sampling and groundwater collection system maintenance related to a landfill post closure permit. Such monitoring and maintenance activities are expected to continue until 2035 with annual expenditures of approximately $90,000. The Company accrued $1.6 million and $1.7 million related to this liability as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

•

Asbestos and polychlorinated biphenols (PCB) remediation and abatement program at one facility in order to comply with federal and state environmental regulations. The Company accrued $1.8 million and $1.7 million related to this liability as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

NOTE 13. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Defined Benefit Plan

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company sponsored a defined benefit pension plan for certain employees of the Company. This plan was unfunded as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.

Net periodic benefit cost recognized in the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 consisted of the following:


	2017		2016
Service cost	$	458,929	$	276,852
Interest cost		47,405		52,790
Settlement cost		—		51,102

Total net benefit plan expense	$	506,334	$	380,744

F-21

Included in accumulated other comprehensive loss at December 31, 2017 and 2016 are the following amounts that have not yet been recognized in net periodic benefit plan cost:


	2017		2016
Actuarial losses, net		168,657		57,291

	$	168,657	$	57,291

The change in the projected benefit obligation as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 associated with the Company’s defined benefit plan was as follows:


	2017		2016
Benefit obligations at beginning of year	$	1,098,208	$	1,639,754
Service cost		458,929		276,852
Interest cost		47,405		52,790

IPSCO TUBULARS INC S-1/A